Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
Note: Module number sequencing is not complete as some module numbers are obsolete or have not been developed.
Runoff Examples
Module 10 Automatic Sensitivity Analysis in Runoff Module 11 All Runoff Methods Module 12 Runoff Groundwater Flow Mounding Module 13 Other Infiltration Options Module 14 Calibration Using Calibrate Node Module 15 Rational Formula in XP-SWMM2000 Module 16 Colorado Urban Hydrograph Procedure Module 17 Rational Formula with IDF Curves
Continuous Simulation
Water Quality
Module 47 Module 48 Water Quality Theory Runoff Water Quality Example
Miscellaneous Modules
Module 106 Gauged Data Module 119 Multi-Run and Multi-Review
Advanced Features
Module 140 Kinematic Wave Routing Module 141 Diffusion Wave Routing Module 151 Vertically Graduated Roughness Module 152 Runoff Layer XPX Import Module 153 Sanitary Layer XPX Import Module 154 Time Varying Orifice Areas Module 155 Minor Losses in the EPA Solutions Module 158 Evaporation in Hydraulics Layer Module 161 Basement Flooding Example Module 162 Modelling RDII in XP-SWMM Module 167 Picture Files and Notes for Objects Module 168 Outfall Boundary Conditions Module 169 Notes Field for Advanced Features Module 170 Configuration Parameter EXTRA Module 171 Configuration Parameter FUZZYQ Module 175 Configuration Parameter EXTERNAL_XLS Module 176 Velocity Component Comparison Module 177 Flow Component Comparison Module 194 Energy Long Section Plotting
Introduction to XP-SWMM
Version 9.0
Product Line
XP-SWMM XP-Storm XP-SOBEK XP-Flood XP-Culvert XP-RatHGL XP-GIS XP-12D
In the Pipeline
LA County Modified Rational Formula Hydrology Procedure New Implicit Solution to Extran BOD-DO-NOX Reaction in Conduits 2-D Overland Flow 1-D Coupling Modflow and Hydraulics Integration SCADA and RTC Polling for Flood Forecasting SCADA and RTC for Gate/Structure Operation 2-D Grid Rainfall Data Integration Increased GIS Functions Equation for Pond Losses (infiltration through pond floor)
Description of XP-SWMM
State-of-the-art software for storm and wastewater management modeling software Decision support system encompassing a graphical user interface and an analytical engine XP stands for the embedded eXPert system Analytical engine is based on EPA SWMM and contains numerous proprietary enhancements Compatible with Windows 95 to XP Operating Systems
XP-SWMM Interface
Ortho Photo, CAD and Shape File Graphic Backgrounds Runoff, Sanitary (Transport, Storage/Treatment), Hydraulics (Extran) and Utilities (Rain, Statistics etc.) Hydrographs and Pollutographs exchanged with Interface Files Physically Representative Data (Real World Coordinates) Graphical Objects (links and nodes) associated to Multiple Layers Global Database for Repeatable Data Integration with Databases, GIS, CAD and other Models
XP Tables & Quick View Data Forms Tabular Input & Copy/Paste
XPX Files
Free format text file Essentially all data can be imported 7 Commands:
Node: NODE Shape Node_Name X-Coordinate Y-Coordinate Link: LINK Shape Link_Name Upstream_Node Downstream_Node Data: DATA Field Object_Name Instance Count Value(s) Global Records: GLDBITEM Record_Type Record_Name Global Data: GLDBDATA Field Record_Type Record_Name Count Value(s) Data Table: $TABLE Fieldname1, Fieldname2, Object, Instance, Count, Value1, Value2, $TABLE_END
Field Names
Hovering your mouse on a field will bring up a tool tip which contains a description then [field name] and [units] Selecting the Field Info icon and then the field brings up the field info dialog which also shows valid and reasonable ranges Field names are important for XPX import and changing database defaults in the .INI file
Merging Files
Merge XP files from the File->Merge menu The current opened file is the target project Then select the source file from which the data will be extracted Job Control data will be overwritten All object and global database data will be duplicated if it already exists
Introduction to XP-SWMM
GIS Module
Once configured a simple click allows data to be imported, exported and updated
Network Created!
Runoff Layer
Deterministic Model of the Hydrologic Cycle- Rainfall, Snowmelt, Infiltration, Evaporation, and Groundwater Continuous and Event Simulation Surface Hydrology using 14 methods: Runoff, SCS, Kinematic Wave, and many Unit Hydrograph Methods Infiltration by Horton, Green-Ampt and Initial, Proportional and Continuing Losses Subsurface Hydrology using 2 Compartment Groundwater Module (Mounding) Water Quality (generation of non point source pollutographs) Redirect Surface Flows Low Impact Development Global Storms
Snowmelt
Single Event or Continuous Simulations
Hydrology Methods
12 different methods
SWMM Runoff Kinematic Wave Laurenson SCS Unit Hydrographs
SBUH Snyder Rational Formula Time Area Nash
17.5
Rainfall
15.0
12.5
Rain (in./hr)
10.0
7.5
5.0
2.5
0.0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100
Time (minutes)
Subcatchment Width
Infiltration Procedures
Horton Horton with Cumulative Maximum Infiltration Green-Ampt Initial and Continuing Loss Initial and Proportional Loss All the Above Optionally Connected to Groundwater SCS - Loss Rates & Fraction Initial Abstraction SCS - Loss Rates & Fixed Depth Initial Abstraction
Horton Infiltration
Horton Infiltration. Infiltration capacity as a function of time is given by Horton (1933, 1940) as: fp = fc + (fo - fc) e -kt where: fp = infiltration capacity into soil, ft/sec, fc = minimum or ultimate value of fp (WLMIN, ft/sec, fo = maximum or initial value of fp (WLMAX), ft/sec, t = time from beginning of storm, sec, and k = decay coefficient (DECAY), sec -1.
Green-Ampt Equation
For F < Fs: f=i and Fs=Su IMD/(i/Ks-1) for i>Ks and no calculation of Fs for i<Ks For F > Fs: f = fp and fp=Ks(1+Su IMD/F) Where: f = infiltration rate, ft/sec, fp = infiltration capacity, ft/sec, i = rainfall intensity, ft/sec, F = cumulative infiltration volume, this event, ft, Fs = cumulative infiltration volume to cause surface saturation, ft, Su = average capillary suction at the wetting front (SUCT), ft water, IMD = initial moisture deficit for this event (SMDMAX), ft/ft, and Ks = saturated hydraulic conductivity of soil, (HYDCON) ft/sec.
Pollutant Generation
Simulate Pollutant Buildup by Equations Associate Pollutants to Solids as Potency Factors Pollutant Washoff by EMC, Exponential Functions or Rating Curves
Sanitary Layer
Comprises EPA Transport and Storage/Treatment Kinematic Wave Routing (Very Fast) Routes Pollutographs and Hydrographs Sediment Transport and BMP Simulation Dry Weather Flow Hydrograph Generation Infiltration Modeling Based on Pipe Length and Diameter (Inch-Miles) Scour and Deposition (Shields Criteria)
Diurnal Patterns
Hourly and Daily Pattern Up to Two Diurnal Patterns per Node No Pattern Limit -Each Node Can Have Its Own Pattern
Groundwater Infiltration
Flows that result from groundwater that are usually constant, but can vary seasonally
Node - PEAK
[Max Flow = 4.4564]
Rainfall Total
Node - gw
[Max Flow = 0.8200]
Flow
Rainfall Total
3
Flow
3
Rainfall
2
Direct Inflow
Flow (cfs)
18 Thu
0.75
Flow (cfs)
0.50
0.25
1
Rainfall
0.00
19 Fri
20 Sat
Jun 92
21 Sun
22 Mon
23 Tue
24 Wed
25 Thu
22 Mon
23 Tue
24 Wed
25 Thu
Time
Jun 92
Flow
2
1
0 5
Combined I & I
Flow (cfs)
Jun 92
18 Thu
19 Fri
20 Sat
21 Sun
22 Mon
23 Tue
24 Wed
25 Thu
Time
15.0
12.5
10.0
Flow
7.5
5.0
2.5
0.0
Mar 2002
Apr
May
Jun
Time
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
0.6
0.5
Rainfall
0.4
Rainfall Data
0.3
0.2
0.1
0.0
Mar 2002
Apr
May
Jun
Time
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
12.5
Flow (cfs)
10.0
Metered Flow
Modeled Flow
7.5
5.0
2.5
0.0
Mar 2002
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Time
Inlet Control
Comparison of Culvert Headwater Elevation for Various Flow Control Conditions and Flow Rates
10 9
Headwater Elevation (m)
FHWA HDS-5 (Steady State) SWMM Momentum Eqn.
Q = 16 m /s
8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0:00
Q = 12 m /s
Culvert Details: 1.5m Reinf. Conc. Pipe Groove End Projecting Slope = 0.5% Length = 24m
Q = 8 m /s Q = 4 m /s
3
1:00
2:00
3:00
4:00
5:00
Time (hrs)
6:00
7:00
8:00
9:00
10:00
Floodplain Encroachment
Users can employ an encroachment computation option that has been widely used in the analysis of floodplain encroachments for the FEMA flood insurance program. These encroachment procedures, allow the modeler to simulate the effects and to the extent development can take place to yield a given rise in the water surface.
Combination of Layers
Storm Water Network Simulation Storm Water Network Simulation with Quality Sanitary or Combined Sewer Simulation
Output File
Review Results
Spatial Reports
Graphical Encoding
XP Tables
Exchange data with other programs and XP-Tables Create a Query by using filters
Global Storms
Node - N28a
2 Year - 1 Hour [Max 4.575]
10 Year - 1 Hour [Max 9.210]
100 Year - 1 Hour [Max 19.346]
20.0
17.5
15.0
12.5
2 Year - 1 Hour [Max 38.560]
Flow
10.0
80
7.5
70
5.0
60
2.5
50
0.0
Flow
1 Jul
1AM Time
40
2AM
30
20
10
2AM
3AM
4AM
Time
0.4
0.39
Flow (m^3/s)
0.38
EPA-SWMM Any timestep between 1 and 5 seconds
0.37
0.36
0.35 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
Time (Hours)
Flow (m^3/s)
Time (Hours)
4.0
3.5
3.0
Stage (Metre)
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
Hydrology Enhancements
Cut off the infiltration available to the groundwater using a maximum cumulative infiltration volume, i.e. 100mm. This could represent high groundwater tables where the porosity times the depth to groundwater is the only available storage.
Hydrology Enhancements
Simultaneous option allows Hydraulics to run at the same time as Runoff without the need for interface files.
Now the dynamic depths of the conduits in Hydraulics can be linked to the Runoff groundwater module.
Profile Enhancements
Add other services such as water mains to profile plots from the Conduit Profile dialog Plot intermediate ground points along a conduit
Profile Enhancements
Profile plots allow natural surface, design surface and services to be plotted
--------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------*========================================================* | Table E14a - Natural Channel Encroachment Information *========================================================* <------- Existing Conveyance Condition -------> <----- Encroachment Conveyance Condition -----> <- % Volume --> <-- Encroachment Data --> Conduit Name street 1 Left Bank 0.0000 Centre Channel 0.3101 Right Bank 0.0000 0.3101 | Channel Length 120.0000 Center Station 12.5000 <----- Left Offsets Natural 8.8652 Encroach 8.8652 ------> <----- Right Offsets Bank 9.0500 Natural 0.0152 Encroach 0.0152 ------> <- Channel Widths-> Bank 0.2000 Total Encroach. 8.8804 8.8804 Total Left Right Left Bank 0.0000 Centre Channel 0.3101 Right Bank 0.0000 0.3101 Total Left Right Reduction Left 0.0000 Right 0.0000 Depth Incr. Method Station Station 3.6348 12.515 Station Station 3.6348 12.515
---------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ------- ----------------0.0000 None *==================================* | Table E14b - Floodplain Mapping Conduit Name street 1 *==================================* Upstream Downstream WS Elev. 99.7958 WS Elev. 98.2952
--------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ---------
New Value
Old Value
Using Templates
Templates are XP-SWMM model files with pre-defined data and settings. When XP-SWMM loads you can start with a template for a new project or under the File menu select New->Create from Template Any XP-SWMM model can be saved as a template using File->Save as Template The following template examples can be found in the template directory:
Master.xpt and Master2002.XPT Huff.xpt Saskatoon_Master.xpt Edmonton_master.xpt Grande-Prairie-Master 2004.xpt Lfucg.xpt SCS Storms.xpt San Diego County Master.XPT geopak_master.xpt Swfwmd.xpt cityofsurrey_master_database.xpt
Modifying Defaults
Defaults can be modified for all Projects in the .INI file and edited in the application settings as mentioned previously Defaults for a specific project can be selected when using the New Project Wizard or at any time later from the File->Properties menu Simply select node and link fields and enter appropriate values, then when an object is created by import or digitized it will take on the new values as defaults
Open
Save
SOBEK architecture
modular design based on generic toolset DelftW ISE open GIS platform through NETTER
SOBEK
1D-2D modelling
XP-SWMM
Water Quality Version 9.0
TSS, mg/l COD, mg/l Total Nitrogen, mg/l Total Phosphorus, mg/l Pb, g/l Zn, g/l Cd, g/l Cu, g/l
Buildup
To major processes can be simulated in water quality: Buildup and Washoff Pollutant buildup options include:
None: only washoff is simulated Landuse: all pollutants are a factor of 1 pollutant dust and dirt Time dependant: related to catchment area, constant or curb length
Buildup - Theory
From physical studies pollutants can be seen to buildup rapidly over a few days since last rain or street cleaning After about 2 weeks this levels off to a maximum SWMM allows a different Buildup formulation for every Pollutant and Landuse combination using 4 equation types Impose a maximum buildup
Washoff
Pollutant Washoff by:
EMC or Event Mean Concentration (concentration is constant) Exponential Washoff: (concentration varies based on availability) Rating Curves: (concentration varies based on flow rate)
If buildup is not simulated use EMC or Rating Curve If buildup is simulated use Rating Curve or Exponential Washoff
Other Processes
All pollutant description can be based on Landuse:
Use unique EMC or buildup/washoff functions Unique concentration in precipitation, groundwater and catchbasin Unique street sweeping efficiency
Pollutants can be linked to snowmelt events such as those that would accumulate in the snow pack, NaCl
Other Processes
Street sweeping efficiencies based on pollutant and landuse and a street sweeping schedule can be simulated
Erosion can be simulated using the Universal Soil Loss Equation Erosion as a pollutant can be added to TSS
Choosing a Method
Water Quality Modeling options for metals are:
Dissolved Constituents: EMC, Rating Curve, Exponential Washoff Metals attached to Solids: Potency Factors
Node Dialog
Link Dialog
Node Dialog
Link Dialog
Node Dialog
Link Dialog
Outfall Loads
If an interface file is assigned then: Terminating nodes in a Runoff network have flow and concentration automatically saved to an interface file Terminating end nodes of Sanitary models are assumed outfalls and can be selected to save outflows to an interface file Outfall nodes and node with overflows in Hydraulics are automatically saved to an interface file To summarize these results use:
Review Results and export the water quality results Tag all locations for detailed printout Use the Interface File Utility
Interface Utility
The utility is located in the Tools->Launch Application menu Graph and Export to .CSV files the outfall loads Converts interface and binary results files (.syr, syh, .syt, .syf, .syq)
Workshop Example 1
Storm Water Management with Water Quality
Building a Model, Solving a Model, Analyzing Model Results, Advanced Topics, Continuous Simulation, Decision Support System (DSS) Tools and Adding Water Quality to a Storm Water Model and Water Quality Routing.
A) Introduction
XP-SWMM comprehensively models the hydrologic and hydraulic components of most storm water management systems. It includes modeling capabilities for continuous simulation, numerous hydrograph generation methods, mixtures of open channel and closed conduits, looped networks, storage nodes such as ponds and multiple outfalls. Water quality generation and routing is easily added to existing networks. This tutorial contains all of the popular components in a storm water system and introduces the user to some advanced options for modeling pond losses, and several management options for handling flooding.
Skills to be learned
A) Introduction.......................................................................................................................................................................2 B) Building a Model...............................................................................................................................................................4 1) Starting a New Project .......................................................................................................................................................4 2) Loading the Background....................................................................................................................................................5 3) Merging Global Data .........................................................................................................................................................5 4) Digitizing Network Objects on Scaled Backgrounds.........................................................................................................7 5) Adjusting Node and Link Attributes...8 6) Adding Text to Model.8 7) Renaming Network Objects...............................................................................................................................................9 8) Adding and Removing the Vertices on a Poly-Link ........................................................................................................10 9) Layer Control...................................................................................................................................................................10 10) Entering Data in Dialogs ...............................................................................................................................................11 11) Entering Data in Tables .................................................................................................................................................12 12) Entering Data using External Database Import...14 13) Attaching Images and Notes to Nodes...........................................................................................................................16 14) Entering Data for Diversions and Structures for the Pond and Link "Structure"...........................................................17 15) Entering Data for the Node "Outlet"...18 16) Adding Storage Data for Node Detention......................................................................................................................18 17) Adding Data for Channel Cross-Section........................................................................................................................19 18) Infiltration Data in the Global Database ........................................................................................................................20 19) Rainfall Data in the Global Database.............................................................................................................................20 20) Setting the Job Control (Simulation Limits and Criteria) ..............................................................................................22 21) Setting Mode Properties (What to Solve) ......................................................................................................................23 22) Importing XY Coordinates for the Nodes using XPX ...................................................................................................23 23) Exporting the Data to an XPX File ................................................................................................................................24 C) Solving a Model..............................................................................................................................................................26 1) Trouble Shooting Error Messages and Running the Model.............................................................................................26 D) Analyzing Model Results................................................................................................................................................27 1) Interpreting Flooding Using Review Results...................................................................................................................27 2) Interpreting Flooding in the Long Section.......................................................................................................................28 3) Orientation to the Output File and Interpreting Flooding ................................................................................................29 4) Reviewing Continuity Error at All Nodes .......................................................................................................................30 E) Additional Features. 32 1) Simulating Overland Flow (Dual Drainage)....................................................................................................................32 2) Simulating Inlet Restriction .............................................................................................................................................33 3) Surface Ponding...............................................................................................................................................................34 4) Entrance/Exit Losses and Other Minor Losses ................................................................................................................36 5) Sediment Depth ...............................................................................................................................................................36 6) Global Storm....................................................................................................................................................................37 F) Continuous Simulation ....................................................................................................................................................38 1) Reading External Data.....................................................................................................................................................40 2) Controlling the Resolution in Review Results.................................................................................................................42 3) Modeling Infiltration Losses in a Pond............................................................................................................................43
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
4) Calibrating the Model to Measured Peak Flows ............................................................................................................. 44 5) Using Measured Flows (Gauged Data) in Review Results ............................................................................................. 45 6) Performing a Sensitivity Analysis................................................................................................................................... 46 7) Adjusting Model Parameters........................................................................................................................................... 47 G) Decision Support System (DSS) Tools .......................................................................................................................... 49 1) Screening the Model with Spatial Reports ...................................................................................................................... 49 2) Screening the Model with Graphical Encoding............................................................................................................... 50 3) Generating User Defined Reports ................................................................................................................................... 51 4) Using the Plan Section Tool............................................................................................................................................ 53 H) Adding Water Quality to a Storm Water Model............................................................................................................. 54 1) Setting the Job Control for Water Quality....................................................................................................................... 54 2) Entering Global Databases for Water Quality Modeling ................................................................................................ 54 3) Selecting the Pollutants and Landuses for the Simulation .............................................................................................. 56 4) Defining the Landuses at each Subcatchment ................................................................................................................. 57 5) Reviewing Water Quality Results ................................................................................................................................... 58 I) Water Quality Routing in the Hydraulics Layer .............................................................................................................. 60 References ........................................................................................................................................................................... 64
Files Needed
LEXINGTON.DWG - Background Drawing (AutoCAD) LFUCG.XP - MASTER Database for Lexington, KY LEXINGTON.XLS - Data Source for the model GPS.XPX - Node Coordinates from GPS Field survey STRUCTURE.JPG and MH2.JPG - (Digital photos) 84295001.TXT - LFUCG rain gauge data September 2001 PIPEL6.HIS - measured flows at link L6 September 2001 CONDUIT.RDF - report definition file MAINTENANCEHOLE.RDF - report definition file SUBCATCH.RDF - report definition file
B) Building a Model
1) Starting a New Project
The first step after launching XP-SWMM is to either open or create an XP-SWMM database. The primary file that is opened (existing) or created (new) by XP-SWMM is a database; it has an .XP extension, which signifies that it is a database for XP-SWMM. If you have already been using XP-SWMM, close any active file then select the command File=>New or choose the New Icon from the toolbar or use the Ctrl+N keyboard shortcut to create a new database for this storm water project. Use the name LEX.XP. Follow the database wizard and use Lexington Stormwater Example as the project title. Then click on Next. When prompted for units, select the US Customary. This dialog appears only once at the start of a new project, however, the user can select the command Configuration=>Units to change from Metric to US Customary or vice versa at any time. No conversion of data is performed; hence a value of 3 for diameter is interpreted as 3 feet or 3 meters depending on the units. The next step in the wizard is to enter the simulation start and stop times, if known. In this example, type in 18, 06, 1992 (June 18, 1992) for the simulation start time and 19, 06, 1992 (June 19, 2002) for the Simulation stop time. The simulation time step of 60 seconds will also be entered here. This data will be used in all three layers. Then click on the next button. The next screen allows the user to enter any global databases for the area using the XPX file format. The XPX file format will be explained later in this example. Click on the next button. This screen allows you to enter node data that will apply to all nodes in the system. Click on the next button. As in the previous screen, you can enter link data that will apply to all links in the model. Click on the button with the file and plus sign and using the drop down menu, select link, link data and then conduit data. Then select roughness and click on the ok button. Change the roughness from 0.014 to 0.013 and then click on the finish button. At this point, you will see a summary screen showing what
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
selections you have made. If you are satisfied with the set-up, click the ok button or click the cancel button and return to any of the above screens to make any additional changes you wish to include.
Fit the graphics to the screen with the command View=>Fit Window or us the Fit to Window Icon to place all of the background in the network window. The following portion of the tool strip is used for backgrounds. The first icon is the add picture tool previously used and the second is the Image Properties tool. It loads the dialog shown right.
Holding the mouse over the icon will display a bubble of the icon's purpose and a detailed description of the command is displayed in the lower left-hand corner of the program interface.
Many default .XP databases have been prepared by XP Software and others for regions of the USA and other international locations. These .XP files have many global databases that contain design storms, water quality data and infiltration records etc. These Global Database records and Job Control settings can be shared among other models by merging them into existing projects. Merge the file LFUCG.XP by selecting the merge command from the File menu. Choose to merge the Global Database and then select the file LFUCG.XP from the work directory. For more information on global databases, see page 20 of this example problem. Once the LFUCG.XP file is merged the Global database of our LEX.XP will then be filled with all of the necessary global data for this example. The LFUCG.XP model is based on the LFUCG drainage manual.
Pointer tool: Used to select objects, move objects, reconnect links, re-scale the window, change object attributes and to enter data. Text tool: Annotates the network by placing text objects on the network. Node tool: Creates nodes on the network. These may physically represent a maintenance hole or pit, an inlet for a catchment, a pond or retarding basin an outfall or a Best Management Practice (BMP). Link tool: Creates a link to represent a closed conduit such as a pipe or an open conduit such as a river or man-made channel. Multi-link tool: Creates a link that allows multiple open and closed conduits and diversions such as pumps, weirs, orifices, regulators and other RTC elements. Polygon tool: Extracts areas, perimeters and lengths from a scaled background picture or network drawn using real world coordinates.
Method 1
Highlight any node and then right click on the node. Then select the display attributes button. This will display the attribute box. Change the text height Display size to 0.10 and change the Node Size Width and Height to 0.12 and then select the OK radial button twice to return to the main window. The same procedure can be used for a link.
Method 2
The second method allows you change the attributes of all of either the nodes or links in the model. Using the select all links button or using the menu, select View, Select Objects, and all links to select all of the links. Ctrl L will also do this. Then select Edit on the menu bar and then attributes on the pull-down menu. Change the text height Display Size to 0.1 and click on the modify button so that the red checkmark is on. Then change the Line Size Display Size to 0.02. Then click the ok button. Following the same procedure, select all nodes and change the text height Display size to 0.10 and change the Node Size - Width and Height to 0.12.
Method 1
Highlight the node or link and then use the command Edit=>Attributes. This will display an attribute dialog for the node or link and it will contain a field for entering the object name. Then double-click with the mouse to overwrite the current cell contents and key in the new name. The field will accept up to 10 alphanumeric characters, although names slightly larger can be used if imported or edited on the screen (Method 3). The aforementioned dialogs are shown below.
Node
Link
Method 2
Right mouse-click on the selected object and a pop-up dialog allowing the Attribute Dialogs shown above will be displayed. The pop-up dialogs for links and nodes are shown below.
Node
Link
Method 3
Select the object, then double-click on the nodes or links label and a user entry field will appear where the objects name can be edited. When the text in a field is highlighted, keyboard entries will replace the existing text, otherwise the text will be inserted from the cursor position. Follow the entry with an enter key and the new name will appear. Use all three methods for this tutorial to discover your preference. When all objects are renamed, save your work.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
8) Adding and Removing the Vertices on a Poly-Link and Calculating Conduit Lengths
Since the conduit "Channel" winds through the lots we can create vertices on the conduit and have it bend. To add a vertex, highlight the link and with the CTRL key depressed click with the mouse on the link. To remove a vertex, hold down the CTRL and Shift key and click with the mouse on the vertex. Once a vertex is added, click and drag the vertex to cause the conduit to bend. Please note that no losses are added to the conduit. The user in the appropriate dialogs must explicitly enter these minor losses in the conduit factors dialog. We can get the actual channel length using the calculate conduit length in the tool pull down menu. Select the channel and then select the tools pull down menu, select the calculate conduit lengths. Choose the selected button and then the calculate button. The original length of 0 and the new measured length will be displayed. Select the ok button and the calculated length will be added to the model database.
9) Layer Control
All network objects (link or node) exist in each layer of XP-SWMM. However, the object can be active in any combination of layers including not being active in any layer. Using the + and icons on the Toolbar the object can be activated in the current layer. An active object will be exported to the Calculation Engine on a Solve command. To switch to another layer select the Rnf, San or Hdr icons from the toolbar below.
Select all MH nodes MH1-MH11 and Pond while in the Hdr layer. Objects can be added or removed incrementally to a selection set by holding down the shift key and selecting with a left mouse click. Switch to the RUNOFF layer by selecting Rnf from the Toolbar and add nodes MH1-MH11 and Pond to the RUNOFF layer by selecting the + icon. These nodes are being added to the Runoff layer so that hydrology calculations can be performed. These nodes, which represent Maintenance holes in the Hydraulics layer, represent inlets in the Runoff layer. Each Inlet in Runoff can have up to five attached subcatchments.
Interface Files
Flows and pollutant concentrations can be stored on binary interface files that are created from a model solve. Each of the layers when solved can read and write certain types of interface files. The most common set up for storm water modeling uses rainfall interface files into Runoff, Runoff saves the flows for all active nodes to an output SWMM interface file and Hydraulics layer reading the existing Runoff layer interface file. Interface files are designated using the command Configuration=>Interface Files for each appropriate layer. Select the Configuration=>Interface Files menu command and the Interface File dialog will be shown as seen on the next page. Make sure the Create New File in Runoff Layer and Read Existing Interface File in Hydraulics checkboxes are active. Both sections should use the same name and path (if used) as shown. The file name should have an extension .INT as a good convention. Click the OK button to accept this choice. When no path is used the program will search for the file in the current directory. This is often the best choice since the .XP file may be ported to other users or machines that do not contain the same directory structure.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
Regardless of the fact that a path is or isn't used, stay consistent to avoid any problems. Using the copy and paste is a good idea so that typographical errors won't occur. To use copy and paste, highlight the Rainfall interface file and fight click on the highlighted file and choose copy. Then highlight the Read existing file and right click and choose paste.
Interface file names and the object selection set (which objects are active in which layers) along with inappropriate dates are the most common user errors. If flows are generated in Runoff but they do not appear in Hydraulics layer then check dates, interface file names, the Mode properties to ensure all appropriate layers are being solved and make sure that no conduits are active in more than one layer. After you name the interface files, save your work.
To enter data in the dialog, click with the mouse on the field and begin typing. To navigate to another field, click with the mouse or choose the tab key. Selecting the OK button causes an embedded expert system to check the data. If the data is not valid or it is unreasonable an error message or warning will be displayed respectively. Selecting the OK button also closes the dialog and commits the data to the temporary database. Cancel or the red X in the upper right hand corner will ignore any changes that have been made and will not invoke the data checking. The temporary database is written to the permanent database (your .XP file) during a File=>Save or Save As command. We will be using the Dialog boxes later in the example to enter data.
Select table dialog where you can use an existing table or create any number of tables, which will be stored in the Global Database. The first step is to create the Table. Click on the add button and select the node button and name the Table Hydrologic Data. Then click the ok button. This opens the XP Table selection below. Use the insert button and the Variable Selection to select the Sub-Catchment Flag variable. Then use the append buttons and the Variable Selection below right create the table with the variables shown below. Then click the ok button. Select the view button to open the table for input.
At this point, the user can type the data from the Lexington.xls spreadsheet, sheet Runoff Data, or can copy and paste the data directly from the spreadsheet into the XP Table. Entire rows and columns can be copied and pasted from other applications into the XP Table. Also selecting a column and the sort ascending or descending icons allows you to screen the model for inappropriate data. Be sure to check that the Node Names and data columns are the same. Then copy and paste the data from the excel spreadsheet to the XP Table. The blank XP Table and the excel spreadsheet are both shown on the following page. After the data is copied into the table, save the table using the save icon in the toolbar. This saves the data into the XP-SWMM database. If you close Tables without saving the data will be lost.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
The same method will be used to bring in the Manhole data required for the Hydraulics layer. Next we will create a table called Node Data with the ground and invert elevations. When you click on XP Tables, the original table (Hydrologic Data) will appear. Click on the XP Tables Icon again and the XP Tables creation screen will appear. Select node as the display object and name the table - Node Data. Select variable type node and insert the HDR data items Ground Elevation and then append Invert Elevation. Either type the data directly into the table or copy and paste the data. Make sure that the Nodes are in the same order in both XP-SWMM and Excel. Remember to save the data in XP-Tables using the save icon.
Node Name MH1 MH2 MH3 MH4 MH5 MH6 MH7 MH8 MH9 MH10 MH11 Pond Riser Outfall Spill Crest (GRELEV) 942 941 939 938 939 938 937 937 937 936 936 934 930 928 Invert (Z) 934 931.5 932 930 931 928.5 927.5 930 931 927 927 920 920 920
Choose the Table Conduit Data and click the next button. In Step 3, choose to import and/or export data. Then move onto step 4. In step 4, choose to Create New or Update Existing for both import and export. In Step 5, select the link button and define the mandatory data (Link Name, US and DS Node Names) as shown below. This is the start of the mapping of data between the import database and XP-SWMM. Click on the next button to move to Step 6. In Step 6, we will map the data from the Lexington spreadsheet to the XP-SWMM database.
Using the Select an XP variable button, select the Length parameter. The Link Name, US and DS Node Names were defined in Step 5 and do not need to be redefined here. Using the Variable Selection tree menu, select the XP variable for Pipe Length (below). Continue to define all of the parameters: Roughness, Upstream Invert, Downstream Invert, Shape, and Diameter. Then click on the Import Button and note that Import was completed with 72 variables read into the model. Then close the External Database Import to return to the model.
Note: Pipe Slopes are not required in the Hydraulics layer. This field will be ignored, however if the data was entered in the Conduit Profile dialog the expert system will notify with warnings if the data for slope does not match the inverts and length. Simply select the Solve routine in the conduit profile dialog to have the software calculate the slope for you and no warnings will be generated. The results would not be affected with or without the warnings. This would be a good point to save and backup your work.
Likewise we can add notes to this project by selecting Notes from the pop-up dialog. The dialog for entering notes is shown below. Add the notes shown below toMH2.
Using the same procedure, attach and view the image to the right STRUCTURE.JPG to the link Structure. This will help you visualize the outlet structure of the node Pond and the elements of the multi-link described on the next page.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
14) Entering Data for Diversions and Structures for the Pond and Link "Structure"
First, using the Window area in icon in the Toolbar, zoom in on the pond area, including the Culvert Link. Click on the View Menu, and using Save View, save the view named as Pond. Using dialog boxes, we will enter the data for the multi-link Structure. If the link was digitized as a single link, right click on the link and select the multi-link. Then double click on the multi-link Structure. This opens the multi-link dialog box. If the red arrow on conduit 1 is turned on, click on it to turn it off. The data for the Structure is shown below. Select the orifice No 1 and 2 and then enter the data below in the dialog boxes. Make sure to change the orifice type from bottom to side outlet.
The next set of data to be entered is the weir data. The data can be entered in either Weir 1 and 2 or Weir 3 and 4. Make sure to enter all of the data for both of the two orifices and weirs. The crown elevation in the weir dialog box allows the software to automatically change from the weir equation to the orifice equation, if the weir is in a closed conduit.
A re a
After the general information above is entered, click on the Sect Coordinates button. Enter the data shown on the right. You can use the insert and delete key to insert and delete rows in the table. Click on the Graph button and see if your cross section looks the same as the cross section shown below. If it does, click out to the main model, using the Ok buttons.
Section Coordinates
9 8 7
Once again, this would be a good point to save and backup your work.
S tage
6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 5 10 15 20 25 x 30 35 40 45 50
Each of the fields of data records the amount of rainfall that has accumulated at the end of that 20-minute period. Change the data format to MM/DD/YYYY from DD/MM/YYYY. This storm had a total of 4.99 inches in an 18-hour period. Selecting the graph button will produce the image that is shown on the next page.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
After the global databases have been entered go to the Subcatchment 1 of node "MH1" and select the "June 18, 1992" for the rainfall and "Huntington B" for the Infiltration records to be attached to this subcatchment. Then select the copy icon in the upper right hand corner of the dialog and pick the "June 18, 1992" labeled button with the mouse. This copies the item to the clipboard.
Copy Icon
For the Hydraulics Layer, simply select the same time period and choose an appropriate time step. In this simulation we will use a 60 second time step and also save the graphic results at a 60 second interval as well. All other hydraulic Job Control data is optional and should be used with discretion, since inappropriate values can generate erroneous results. In the past, Simulation Tolerances and Routing Control were often used to adjust the models and provide for a more stable model condition. Today the use of these parameters often causes model(s) to be less stable.
Although the nodes were digitized on the screen and coordinates were assigned they are only as accurate as the screen placement. However, the node coordinates are able to be stored with double precision accuracy. Select the command File=>Import Data=>XPX Format File and select the file GPS.XPX. The contents of this file are shown on the next page. Select the Import Button to perform the command. The next screen provides the user with an opportunity to cancel out of the data import. The use of the XPX import procedure will overwrite any existing data present in the model. In this case the estimated XY coordinates will be overwritten with the survey data. If you are sure that you want to import the data in the XPX file, click on the OK button to import the data into the model. Remember that you can cancel the import by clicking on the Cancel button.
GPS.XPX
NODE 134 "MH1" 1033235 351566 NODE 134 "MH2" 1032686 351585 NODE 134 "MH4" 1032658 351825 NODE 134 "MH6" 1032628 352062 NODE 134 "MH10" 1032596 352319 NODE 134 "MH11" 1032583 352447 NODE 134 "MH3" 1033055 351811 NODE 134 "MH5" 1032946 352053 NODE 134 "MH9" 1032887 352311 NODE 133 "Pond" 1032982 352454 NODE 133 "Riser" 1033046 352397 NODE 134 "outfall" 1033371 352395 NODE 134 "MH7" 1032603 352173 NODE 134 "MH8" 1032361 352145
This node command creates or updates a node nominated in quotes to the x and y coordinates specified. We are using it to precisely place the nodes at the known (GPS) coordinates. After the import is completed successfully, click on the Lock Nodes Positions button. This will stop you from accidentally moving the nodes. If you should move the nodes, you could always redo the XPX import of the node coordinates. Modules 31, 152 and 153 provide additional examples of XPX import procedures. Note: A file of NODE commands could be used to repair a network if objects are accidentally moved from their original positions, since the current version does not have an undo of position changes.
The XPX file generated can include data and results. A partial list is shown below including some results. Bold items are emphasized to show typical data and results for both Runoff and Hydraulics Layers. Conduits typically will only be active in one layer, whereas nodes that pass flow on an interface file are common in more than one layer and show data and results from all active layers.
NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE NODE LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK LINK DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA 134 "MH1" 1033233.8554 351566 134 "MH2" 1032686 351585 134 "MH4" 1032658 351825 134 "MH6" 1032628 352062 134 "MH10" 1032596 352319 134 "MH11" 1032583 352447 134 "MH3" 1033055 351811 134 "MH5" 1032946 352053 134 "MH9" 1032887 352311 133 "Pond" 1032982 352455.1429 133 "Riser" 1033046 352397 134 "outfall" 1033371 352395 134 "MH7" 1032603 352173 134 "MH8" 1032361 352145 136 "L1" "MH1" "MH2" 136 "L2" "MH2" "MH4" 136 "L3" "MH4" "MH6" 136 "L4" "MH6" "MH7" 136 "L6" "MH10" "MH11" 136 "L7" "MH3" "MH4" 136 "L8" "MH5" "MH6" 136 "L9" "MH9" "MH10" 136 "channel" "MH11" "Pond" 138 "Structure" "Pond" "Riser" 136 "culvert" "Riser" "outfall" 136 "Branch1" "MH8" "MH7" 136 "L5" "MH7" "MH10" R_NODEFLOW "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RESSAVENODE "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RFCMNT "MH2" 0 5 1 0 0 0 0 R_WAREA "MH2" 0 5 1.21 "" "" "" "" R_WIMP "MH2" 0 5 30. "" "" "" "" R_WIDTH "MH2" 0 5 1050. "" "" "" "" R_WSLOPE "MH2" 0 5 .01 "" "" "" "" R_WQTAG "MH2" 0 1 0 R_SMTAG "MH2" 0 1 0 R_GWTAG "MH2" 0 1 0 R_GWFLAG "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RAINSEL "MH2" 0 1 "June 18, 1992" R_INFILSEL "MH2" 0 1 "Huntington \"B\"" R_FSCS "MH2" 0 1 0 GRELEV "MH2" 0 1 940. Z "MH2" 0 1 931.5 QINST "MH2" 0 1 0.0 Y0 "MH2" 0 1 0.0 NODST "MH2" 0 1 0 FLGOUTF "MH2" 0 1 0 SFLOOD "MH2" 0 1 0 INQ "MH2" 0 1 0 GINFLOW "MH2" 0 1 0 DRY_WTH "MH2" 0 1 0 JPRT "MH2" 0 1 0 JPLT "MH2" 0 1 0 JNRR "MH2" 0 1 0 ICAP "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RSRFRUN "MH2" 0 1 21.6458161 R_RRAINFL "MH2" 0 1 23.6526 R_RINFILT "MH2" 0 1 2.81646507 R_RGRDFLO "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RTOTIIF "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RNSURCH "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RMAXFLO "MH2" 0 1 20.0298508 DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA R_RRUNVOL "MH2" 0 1 21.6458161 R_RMXIFRT "MH2" 0 1 .774960331 R_RMNINRT "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RTTLINF "MH2" 0 1 0 R_REVAPSF "MH2" 0 1 .095658961 R_REVAPGW "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RWATCNT "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RGRDLDA "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RMXGRDP "MH2" 0 1 0 R_RMXDBGS "MH2" 0 1 0 E_RNFLOOD "MH2" 0 1 59.3461538 E_RSRFDTH "MH2" 0 1 8.5 E_RSRFELV "MH2" 0 1 940 E_RSRFARE "MH2" 0 1 12.566 E_RVOLUME "MH2" 0 1 106.811 E_REGLELV "MH2" 0 1 940.103860 E_REGLREL "MH2" 0 1 -.10386049 E_RFREEBD "MH2" 0 1 0 E_RMNDITR "MH2" 0 1 2.59855540 E_RNSURCH "MH2" 0 1 134.642857 E_RCONTER "MH2" 0 1 .011764859 E_RFLDLSS "MH2" 0 1 17257.8821 E_RTNDITR "MH2" 0 1 13671 E_RNDINFL "MH2" 0 1 95144.4175 LEN "L2" 0 1 250. ROUGH "L2" 0 1 .013 ZP1 "L2" 0 1 931.5 ZP2 "L2" 0 1 930. NKLASS "L2" 0 1 1 QO "L2" 0 1 0.0 NKLASSc "L2" 0 1 0 DESGN "L2" 0 1 P CF "L2" 0 1 0 SLOPE "L2" 0 1 0.0 DEEP "L2" 0 1 2. E_RMAXFLO "L2" 0 1 14.6202082 E_RMAXVEL "L2" 0 1 4.55622484 E_RMINFLO "L2" 0 1 0 E_RMINVEL "L2" 0 1 0 E_RMAXVD "L2" 0 1 39.8669673 E_MAXDEPTH "L2" 0 1 9 E_RTOPWID "L2" 0 1 1.92599078 E_RDSGNFF "L2" 0 1 17.5232345 E_RPMXFLO "L2" 0 1 .834334837 E_RTIMEPF "L2" 0 1 15.7499999 E_RWOBBLE "L2" 0 1 4.86537012 E_RCSURCH "L2" 0 1 278.928571 E_RTHDLSS "L2" 0 1 2.91535836 E_RMINORL "L2" 0 1 0 E_RFRICTL "L2" 0 1 2.91535836 E_RXSECAR "L2" 0 1 3.2088426 E_RHYDRAD "L2" 0 1 .559452933 E_RCMRUFF "L2" 0 1 .002464364 E_RCRNTTS "L2" 0 1 3.80916175 E_RDSGNVL "L2" 0 1 5.57781888 E_RLENDRT "L2" 0 1 2 E_RLENTMC "L2" 0 1 0 E_RTIMEPV "L2" 0 1 15.7499999 E_RTIMENF "L2" 0 1 1294.28571 E_RFROUDE "L2" 0 1 .430930394 E_RLENTSF "L2" 0 1 1
C) Solving a Model
1) Trouble Shooting Error Messages and Running the Model
To solve a model the user must select the command Analyze=>Solve or select the Solve Icon (Space Shuttle) from the toolbar. It is usually a good idea to save the model before you try to solve the model. Before the Solve commences the entire database is checked for errors. These checks go beyond the checking performed when a dialog is closed with the OK button and ensure that no data is missing and that all of the dependencies are satisfied. For example, all conduit inverts are checked against the invert elevations of the connecting nodes to ensure they are equal or higher.
Any errors and warnings are displayed in the user-specified editor. This editor is selected in the SWMXP.INI file and can be seen by selecting Tools=>Application settings. Many other model defaults are shown here. Take a few minutes and look at the parameters included here. By default, the editor is NOTEPAD.EXE. This shareware version, Notepad Plus, is installed in the XP-SWMM directory and allows multiple and large files to be edited. The error and warning messages are comprehensive and tell the user which layer, which objects and an explanation of the problem. Since one error can cascade to create many problems work your way from the first to the last error by periodically rechecking the model by selecting solve. The model can be solved with warnings messages, but can not be solved with any errors. The errors can be redisplayed by selecting the command Analyze=>Show Errors or by minimizing the error screen and switching to that window. In this model, we get a warning because we selected the station 34 for the left overbank location. We do not have a cross section point at station 34, so our warning tells us that XP-SWMM has interpolated the point using the cross section data we entered. We can close the editor and run the model.
Select the save button to select the output file. Use the
default file name of LEX.OUT, which is created, by using the current file name with the extension .out i.e. "YOURFILE.OUT. Repeat XPX export of your data if changes were made to the model to ensure you have a current set of backup data.
Zoom in on the tip of the graph where the HGL has reached the Surface Elevation. Then mark the data points and zoom further to see only a few pieces of data. Finally, show the data labels. You should now see that the HGL has reached a value equal to the surface elevation of 939.00 ft. SELECT ONE GRAPH - Choose the options button and click OK on the next dialog SELECT A SPECIFIC GRAPH - Use the arrow icons to go to the first or last or forward or ZOOM - Click and drag with the mouse to create a window in the graph MARK DATA POINTS - Right mouse-click on the graph and select Mark Data Points from the dialog SHOW DATA LABELS - Right mouse-click on the graph and select Show Data Labels from the dialog
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
Plotting elements other than conduits requires a length to be assigned for items such as orifices, weirs and pumps. Choose the Plot button in the multi-link dialog to plot through these objects. The Long Section command allows animation to play, stop, pause, move backward and forward step by step, rewind, speed up, slow down, zoom, pan, and various annotations. In this model we see the HGL at MH4 is at the ground and the flooded symbol appears so flooding is occurring. The Long Section graphics are designed to leave high water marks from the played simulation and are shown in the color magenta. Current water levels are shown in the color blue.
Table E20 is of specific interest. This table lists flooding and surcharging results for each node. A sample is shown below:
Out of System Flooded Maximum Volume Volume ----------------0.0000 92.4860 0.0000 112.8471 895.1764 113.0940 0.0000 86.7976 0.0000 87.3317 0.0000 62.0686 0.0000 22.6574 0.0000 750391.4331 0.0000 31.1521 0.0000 6.0330 0.0000 16.8547 0.0000 58.8988 0.0000 61.5928 3072.6956 87.9620 Stored in System Ponding Allowed Flood Pond Volume ----------------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Junction Name --------------MH1 MH2 MH4 MH6 MH7 MH10 MH11 Pond Riser Outfall MH9 MH8 MH5 MH3
Surcharged Time (min) ---------34.2778 48.7143 74.1667 50.4286 54.4286 39.4107 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 30.6389 32.1944 46.7143
Flooded Time(min) --------0.0000 0.0000 8.8909 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 23.2000
As shown in the above table, MH3 and MH4 are experiencing flooding and the loss of water from those nodes. By looking at the long section, we can see that both problems are the result of downstream pipe capacity problems. We will explore solutions to this problem later in the example.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
In addition to checking Table E18, Table E8 indicates that all of the nodes converged. Should you encounter models were one or more nodes fail to converge, reducing the time step will often reduce the number of nonconvergences and take the efficiency closer to 1 iteration per time step, with 2 iterations per time step being optimum.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern Ittrn >10 -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------- --------MH1 0 2.03 5725 36 30 9 MH2 0 2.33 6577 99 48 18 MH4 0 2.67 7514 118 14 12 MH6 0 2.71 7641 131 39 31 MH7 0 3.28 9237 183 57 103 MH10 0 2.46 6936 15 11 3 MH11 0 2.65 7469 3 18 2 Pond 0 1.71 4817 0 5 0 Riser 0 1.49 4193 0 12 1 Outfall 0 2.26 6368 1 7 0 MH9 0 1.78 5006 4 17 1 MH8 0 2.01 5660 34 19 1 MH5 0 1.87 5260 16 12 4 MH3 0 2.16 6085 60 17 13 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 88488 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 39452 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 2.24 Excellent Efficiency
Table E-7 can provide information to help choose the time step. Choose a time step close to the average time step shown in Table E-7. In this case, we could reduce the time step to 30 seconds.
*=========================================================* | Table E7 - Iteration Summary | *=========================================================* Total number of time steps simulated............ Total number of passes in the simulation........ Total number of time steps during simulation.... Ratio of actual # of time steps / NTCYC......... Average number of iterations per time step...... Average time step size(seconds)................ Smallest time step size(seconds)................ Largest time step size(seconds)................ Average minimum Conduit Courant time step (sec). Average minimum implicit time step (sec)........ Average minimum junction time step (sec)........ Average Courant Factor Tf....................... Number of times omega reduced................... 1440 4175 2818 1.957 1.482 30.660 5.455 60.000 35.013 21.303 21.303 21.303 700
Table E22 represents a summary of the numerical solution. Most models should have an overall continuity error of less than 2% and a worst nodal error of less than 5%.
################################################### # Table E22. Numerical Model judgement section # ################################################### Your overall error was Worst nodal error was in node Pond Of the total inflow this loss was Your overall continuity error was with 0.3309 percent 0.3821 percent 0.7819 percent Excellent Excellent Efficiency 2.24 0. 0. 0.
Efficiency of the simulation Most Number of Non Convergences at one Node Total Number Non Convergences at all Nodes Total Number of Nodes with Non Convergences ===> ===> ===> ===>
Hydraulic model simulation ended normally. XP-SWMM Simulation ended normally. Your input file was named : C:\XPS\Training\lex.DAT Your output file was named : C:\XPS\Training\lex.out
*==============================================================* | SWMM Simulation Date and Time Summary | *==============================================================* | Starting Date... November 5, 2002 Time... 12:24:59:29 | | Ending Date... November 5, 2002 Time... 12:25: 4:79 | | Elapsed Time... 0.09167 minutes or 5.50000 seconds | *==============================================================*
Our Lexington model is excellent shape. Our overall continuity error is 0.33% with the worst nodal error at 0.38%. The efficiency is 2.24 and there are no nodes with non convergence. Change the time step to 30 seconds and rerun the model. Compare the outputs from Tables E-7, E-8, E-18 and E-22 and see if the continuity, etc improved. The efficiency decreased to 2.01 and the overall continuity error went down to 0.19% with the worst nodal error at 0.20%. Therefore, the reduction in the time step improved the continuity of the model.
E) Additional Features
1) Simulating Overland Flow (Dual Drainage)
As we mentioned earlier in our example, the HGL at MH4 and MH3 rises above the ground and spills out. This water is lost from the system and is not routed; this is the default of SWMM. These lost flows are accounted for and do not directly affect continuity error locally or globally. A field inspection has discovered that during high flows the flooded water actually travels north on Allen Blvd. in the street to MH6. In order to model this routing, we will add an open channel to connect MH4 to MH6. Since only one link can connect to nodes, we will need to convert the existing link L3 to a multiple conduit. To accomplish this simply right mouse-click on the link to bring up the pop-up-dialog shown below and select MultiConduit. This will place all the current data including the conduit name into the Conduit#1 location. Additional conduits can now be added to the multi-link.
Name the existing conduit Pipe 3 and add the conduit "Street 3" to Location 2 and enter the data shown to the right. We will use a trapezoidal channel to simulate the street. Another alternative would be to use a natural section; however a trapezoid is a good approximation when flow can be assumed simultaneous in both gutters. A diagram to illustrate this is shown below.
In order for the trapezoid to be able to fill we need to ensure the spillcrest levels of the upstream and downstream node to equal the top of the open channel which in our case is the top of curb. This means if we were to add an additional 1 foot of depth in the street we would need to raise the node spillcrests an equal amount. In this case we used the curb heights as the spillcrest levels and the trapezoid inverts are the street level 1 foot below. If we perform a long section through a multi-conduit only one of the conduits can appear in the view. By selecting with the radio button the second row of the multi-conduit dialog we can obtain a view similar to that shown below which shows the street flow occurring between nodes MH4 and MH6.
can enter the system at this location is 2 cfs. The balance will be forced into the street conduit and will travel to the next node. For node MH2 use the rated option and pick the slotted grate that already exists in the global database. After solving the model, select the Review Results on the multilink L1 to see both the flow in the street and in the pipe. The captured pipe flow will be limited to the 2 cfs. Due the simulation, Pipe 1 becomes surcharged due to downstream pipe capacity. Therefore, the peak flow in Pipe 1 exceeds 2.0 cfs as the water stored in Manhole MH1 and Pipe 1 drains.
You may want to repeat the process at view the next downstream link. In this case the approach flow will not only be the inflow to MH2 from the interface file (Runoff) but also the flow arriving in the channel from the conduit street.
3) Surface Ponding
XP-SWMM allows advanced options for the HGL at a hydraulics node. The ponding default of SWMM is that when the HGL gets to the spillcrest level (usually this is the rim or ground level) any incoming flows that do not travel in the connected conduits are lost out the top and not routed through the sewer system. This loss of water is tabulated in table E20 of the output file and is called flooded loss within the graphical reporting tools.
XP-SWMM allows the user to define an equation for the surface area vs. depth, where the excess flow is stored then returned to the system when the HGL would drop. This method of ponding is suited to a situation where the ponding can be generalized, since the same equation applies to all locations as shown to the right. This dialog box is located in the Hydraulic Layer Job Control under Junction defaults. Another option is to use the ponding allowed option and define a specific stepwise linear storage for each node. We will use this method for Node MH7. First, double click on Node MH7 and turn on the Ponding Allowed button as shown to the right Then click on the Storage box in the bottom left hand corner of the HYD Node data dialog. Select the Stepwise Linear Storage Method in the upper right hand portion of the Storage Node Data Dialog. Enter the Depth and Area shown to the left in the Stepwise Linear Storage Dialog. Then graph the data and make sure that your curve matches the curve shown below. Close the graph and the stepwise linear storage dialog box. Check the Spill Crest button in the Storage Node Data Dialog shown to the lower left below. Now would be a good time to save and backup your work. Now run the model and look at the results at MH7 and compare to previous runs.
Add an entrance loss of 0.5 and an exit loss of 1.0 to the link "Culvert" for this tutorial. Also select Square edge with headwall as the inlet type. Rerun the model and check Table E13. The conduit "Culvert" will display friction and head losses. The maximum values shown here are the losses that occurred using the velocity at the time of maximum flow. This is significant since maximum velocity may not always occur at the same time as maximum flow. Also new to version XP-SWMM and greater is the Inlet Control using the FHWA HDS-5 procedure. EXTRAN is regularly criticized for under-estimating headwater for culverts flowing under inlet control. 57 different inlet conditions are simulated. Run the model and use Table E-13a to see how many minutes the culvert was under different outlet/inlet classifications. It is good idea to enter an inlet type for all culverts to ensure that correct headwater is being calculated.
6) Sediment Depth
The hydraulics can be altered in a conduit by adding a static sediment depth in a conduit. This data can be entered in the Conduit Factors. Add a 1.0 ft sediment depth in conduit L5, then rerun the simulation and and review results at MH7. Since ponding allowed has been turned on the HGL has risen above the Spillcrest, the excess water has been stored at the surface and returned to the network. Table E20 will show a time flooded and no flooded losses. Performing a Long Section will allow you to see the depth that the water ponds at that location.
7) Global Storms
Global storms are new to Version 8.5 of XPSWMM. This allows users to run multiple storms in both runoff and hydraulics. The user can also review multiple storms on one graph using review results. To set up and run global storms, the user must go the Runoff Job Control Dialog box. Click on the Configuration menu, select Job Control and then Runoff to get the screen shown to the right. Select the Global Storms button to enter the global storms dialog shown below.
Select the insert storm button three times to add three storms. Click on the Rainfall area for the first storm and using the pull down menu select the rainfall global database called 1-HOUR 100-Year. Repeat and select the 10- and 1- year storms. Type in the return period and Name for each of the storms. Remember to click on the empty box in the first column to run all three storms. Click ok twice to go back to the main screen. Using the rainfall global database, determine the correct date and times to enter into the Job Control for both Runoff and Hydraulics. These storm events all use the starting data and time of January 1, 2001 and 0:0. Therefore, using the configuration menu, job control and hydraulics, change the start time to January 1, 2001 and the end time to January 1, 2001at 6:00 am. Leave the time step set at 30 secs. Repeat the above for the runoff layer. Note that the Runoff timestep in the global database is in three minutes and change the transition and wet weather timesteps to 180 seconds. Save the data. We are now ready to run the global storms. XP-SWMM will automatically define three output files called lexS100.out, lexS200.out and lexS300.out. The first file, lexS100.out is the output for the first rainfall entered or in this case the 1-year storm. The second file, lexS200.out contains the output for the 10-year storm. This continues for all of the global storms entered in the global storms. Therefore, the user can look at each of the output files individually. All of the output previously described is available when using global storms. In addition, the user can look at multiple storms for one node or link on the same graph. Select Link L4 and review results and you will see the flow for all three storms on one graph as shown on the following page. The user can chose to look at other parameters such as velocity or levels and can look at the storms individually also by using the pull down menus on the screen. If you select either dynamic long section or dynamic section views, you will have to choose which of the three storms you want to display.
F) Continuous Simulation
The subject of the use and validity of design storms is controversial. The lack of realistic and accurate definitions in design storms, their transposition from one location to another, the practice of assigning a particular design storm to a given frequency, neglect of antecedent catchment conditions, and design on the basis of return frequency of rainfall not runoff fuel the controversy (ASCE, 1992) To fully address sustainability issues of ecosystem, and long-term surface water quality impacts however, continuous storm water quality management modelling techniques and tools need to be developed for a time span appropriately longer, perhaps multi-generation in length (Crawford, 1993; Brundtland, 1987; Gore, 1992; ASCE, 1992). It can be argued that 75-year simulations, about three generations (3G), constitute a compromise between available datasets, project design life, engineering design credibility, and community living memory. In many urban catchments the 3G time frame should clearly cover the degradation of natural aquatic habitats, first in the transition from natural forest, prairie or wetland to agriculture, and subsequently to urban sprawl and human population intensification in engineered environments. Dose and Roper (1994) evaluated changing stream widths over a 56-year period for an Oregon watershed undergoing deforestation and road building. Their study was motivated by the decline in many anadromous salmon stocks in the Pacific Northwest over long periods of time.
Much of the data that is required for continuous modelling is readily available. Using the US EPA Storm Water Management model (SWMM) could aid in the conceptualisation of the following environmental impacts of urbanization: 1) number and duration of critical exceedences of flows, velocities and pollutants; 2) number and duration of critical deficits of flows, velocities and constituents; 3) fluviological impacts; 4) habitat impacts; and 5) ecosystems impacts. There are three distinct and very important advantages of 3GM modelling: first, the removal of the subjective choice by the modeler to decide on the antecedent moisture conditions, second, the superior conceptualisation and information gained from an output time series analysis and third, the ability to model long term physical and water quality impacts on receiving water bodies. The costs of continuous simulation have been drastically reduced with the availability of continuous meteorological data and the advances in computing speed and technology. The transition from design storms to CS could be accomplished by using a continuous record of rain of say "n" years of data can be thought of as a "n" year duration design storm, with the peak event in that "n" years being the storm with a "n" year return period. Continuous simulation is SWMM is not much different then event modeling, a short continuous event. Long time series of rainfall, evaporation, temperature and wind speed can be used once converted from their original formats to a format for SWMM. The latter two time series are used for continuous snowmelt calculations. Continuous Simulation information is necessary for further studies listed previously, such as fluviological, ecosystem impacts, and watershed planning and analysis studies. Many authors have stated that the outputs from long-term continuous quality modelling are less subjective than the output from traditional design storm techniques (Huber, 1992; James, 1994). They identified the distinct advantage of continuous modelling to be its ability to provide antecedent conditions as an implicit component of the modelling, and the elimination of the vexing question and the error related to the arbitrary assumption of the start-up or initial conditions that is inherent in single-event modelling (Huber, 1992). The implications of continuous simulation on the design of detention storage is presented by James and Robinson (1982). In short-event-modelling applications, the startup error extends into much of the run, and is especially important where storages and loss-rate processes are active. In order to reliably assess the risks and downstream impacts, better estimates of initial conditions are required (Medina, 1989). For water quality modelling the inter-event period is critical. Hydrologic models such as SWMM and HSP-F contain code to conceptually model the processes that control the recovery of moisture deficits and of pollutant build-up for continuous simulations (James and Robinson, 1986). Both the wet and dry periods in the hydrologic cycle impact pollutant loads and on this premise eco-sensitive design demands the adoption of continuous modeling (James, 1994). Huber (1992) and Goforth et al. (1983) found that the continuous modelling output from SWMM and HSPF, when analysed as a time series (TS), reveals more information than do statistical models, although generally at a greater effort. Southerland's research (1981) demonstrated that the assessment of nonpoint pollution control strategies require the concentration-frequency information that only continuous simulation can provide. Continuous simulation may supplement the decision making process in the planning stages of Best Management Practice (BMP) options for protecting and restoring our watersheds (Ahmed, 1994). The extracted TS information such as frequency of exceedences or deficits and duration of critical exceedences or deficits is critical in assessing environmental impacts. Continuous simulation with deterministic models such as SWMM is a necessary part of pollution control planning decisions and substituting the use of inferior design storm methods is unethical (James, 1994). One very important advantage of continuous storm water quality management modelling (CSWQMM) is its ability to reflect decreasing mass loads from watersheds as a wet season progresses and diminished mass buildup between storms.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
The rainfall above can be read by XP-SWMM using the User Input:Rainfall Data type. First we need to create a rainfall record to hold the data format and file name. Create a Global Database record named Online Data and add it to the rainfall list. Edit the record and then enter the start date and time and finally choose the Rainfall Data type.
Select the file 84295001.TXT from the work directory. Enter the station number as 84295001 and then select the File Format global database records.
Add a record named LFUCG Online Rain and edit the record.
Enter the formatting shown below. Note the first 11 lines of the file are discarded as they represent header information. We are also introducing the time step since the hour and minute are missing. This file has a cumulative time in minutes in its place.
After this record has been created we need to update the rainfall record attached to each of the Runoff nodes. Change the record from June 18, 1992 to Online Data at one node then copy and paste to the others following the procedure described on the bottom of Page 21. The final step is to make any necessary changes in the Job Control simulation start and end. In this tutorial we only need to change the Runoff and Hydraulics simulation start and end to reflect the entire month of data. Choose September 1st, 2001 and September 30th, 2001 for simulation start and end. Change the Runoff timestep to 300 seconds (5 minutes) to match the data in the Save your data.
Another option is to change the Application Settings located under Tools and Application Settings (see to the right). Using the pull down menu, select the engine and type 10,000 under MAXPTS. Either Configuration Parameters or Application Settings will change the graphing points; you do not have to do both.
The frequency of the graphing points in the Hydraulics layer is now controlled in the Job Control dialog. The user enters a Save Results Every X seconds or minutes. Typically, a 1-5 minute interval is suitable for most models. For best performance of graphing and animation of the HGL the total number of points per object should not be more than 5000.
Make the node GWRecharge a free outfall and use the same spillcrest and invert as the pond node. Solve the model and view the results for the multilink "Losses". The results for the rating curve are shown below. As can be seen in the graph, the flow tracks the depth with the relationship we have used.
7. Calibrate the following groups of parameters. Start with the most to least sensitive. A) Impervious Parameters (PCTZER, IMPERN, IMPDEP) B) Routing Parameters (WIDTH, SLOPE) - recheck events in A and redo B C) Pervious Parameters (Infiltration Parameters, PERVN, PERDEP) D) Recovery of Infiltration (REGEN) E) Pollutant Buildup (DDLIM, DDPOW, QFACT) F) Pollutant Washoff (RCOEF, WASHPO) - recheck events in E and redo F 8. Verify with other events and the continuous TS using the optimized parameters. 9. Restart from steps three with current parameters if calibration is unsatisfactory.
By selecting the edit button, you can see the measured flow data from the l6.his file. It is a good idea to make sure that the data is being read by XP-SWMM. Then using the OK buttons, exit back to the overall model screen with the nodes, links and background images.
After entering this information choose review results to see the graph shown below. Note the file does not have to be resolved, the gauged data is read on the fly from the off-line file. In this example we see the computed response (model results) and the measured flows have a high degree of correlation. In order to improve upon the degree of fit we need to calibrate the model. In order to determine which parameters to adjust and how much, we need to perform a sensitivity analysis. XP-SWMM has the capability to perform an automated sensitivity analysis on the watershed parameters for the Runoff hydrology method.
#################################################### # Table R10. Sensitivity anlysis for Subcatchments # September 13, 2001 2PM to 4PM #################################################### Total Flow Peak Flow Ratio to Base Ratio to Base Total Flow Peak Flow Watershed Watershed Flow Watershed Flow Classification Classification Parameter ============ ============== ============== ============== ============== ============== average 1.00 1.00 base watershed base watershed base watershed area+.25 27.9 34.0 extra sensitive extra sensitive area increase + area-.25 -27.4 -28.6 extra sensitive extra sensitive area decrease imp+.25 8.47 10.9 very sensitive extra sensitive impervious + imp-.25 -9.29 -8.46 very sensitive very sensitive impervious width+.25 2.35 7.18 sensitive very sensitive width + width-.25 -3.18 -4.76 sensitive sensitive width slope+.25 1.19 3.50 less sensitive sensitive slope + slope-.25 -1.58 -2.38 less sensitive sensitive slope impdep+.25 -0.229 -0.750 less sensitive less sensitive impvr ds + impdep-.25 0.230 0.751 less sensitive less sensitive imprv ds perdep+.25 -3.87 -2.98 sensitive sensitive perv ds + perdep-.25 4.55 5.27 sensitive very sensitive perv ds impn+.25 0.569E-01 -0.771E-01 not sensitive not sensitive impvr n + impn-.25 0.824E-01 0.382 not sensitive less sensitive imprv n pern+.25 -2.53 -3.60 sensitive sensitive perv n + pern-.25 2.93 9.01 sensitive very sensitive perv n imp1+.25 -5.54 -4.52 very sensitive sensitive 1st infiltr + imp1-.25 6.59 5.19 very sensitive very sensitive 1st infiltr imp2+.25 -7.81 -6.39 very sensitive very sensitive 2nd infiltr + imp2-.25 9.45 7.18 very sensitive very sensitive 2nd infiltr imp3+.25 -5.54 -4.52 very sensitive sensitive 3rd infiltr + imp3-.25 6.59 5.20 very sensitive very sensitive 3rd infiltr -
In addition to this sensitivity analysis, a Calibration Module for XP-SWMM can be purchased from XP Software, Inc. that also performs the same functions but for any model parameter. This module uses a nonlinear parameter estimation software program called PEST, to perform the sensitivity analysis and calibration. This module allows the user to graph computed vs. observed responses, perform sensitivity analysis and calibration on any parameters using parallel processing on a network, store parameter values as they are modified and commit the values to the database at the termination of the calibration (update the database). Interested users should contact XP Software for more information. Several technical papers are also available, contact Anthony Kuch at XP Software to obtain copies.
Second, select the Data Variables button for the Links and add the item HDR Max Flow to the list. Format this field by using the default font information but edit the precision to 3 and the Mnemonic and units to Qmax and cms respectively. Third, select Data Variables button for the Nodes and add the items HDR Time Flooded and Time Surcharged to the list. Format these fields by using the default font information but use as Mnemonic Tf and Ts, units are min. Fourth, choose the Display button on the Report attributes dialog. Then turn on the check boxes for Nodes and Links and keep the radio button on All Objects. Choose Show to view the spatial reports. Fifth, move the reports to a suitable location. Be careful not to move the objects. Import the file GIS.XPX if the coordinates are accidentally changed.
In the interest of time and to demonstrate the capability we will load a saved format for Graphical Encoding. Select Graphical Encoding from the View menu, then the button Load. Choose the file LEXINGTON.GEN to load the setup prepared for this tutorial. By clicking on the checked Visual Entity and the Legend buttons, the user will be able to view the options selected. To view the Graphical Encoding choose the Encode button. This tool is extremely powerful because of the number of attributes that can be modified and the number of variables that can be attached. The screen can be returned to normal view by using the command Results=>Graphical Encoding=>Restore.
These reports are enabled for copy and paste by highlighting all of the cells and using CTRL-C for copy they may be then pasted to any Windows application such as the Microsoft Office suite. In addition to the copy and paste, the user may export to text or CSV. A CSV file is a comma delimited text file that can be used to interface with GIS or asset management database. Now load the report definition file MAINTENANCEHOLE.RDF as was done previously above. We will now add results to the report so that the table matches the image below.
To create the table as shown by using the Add, Insert, and Indent buttons to create the Table tree shown. After the tree is built define each of the new Items by highlighting the item that selecting the Define button. Select from the list of items the appropriate variable to match the description. Feel free to add more items time permitting. Note: Two types of reports are permitted. Node based reports which cannot include any conduit data or results and Link based reports which can include Node data and results for the US or DS nodes. The type of report is governed by the definition of the first item. This item is always a heading. The resulting report is shown below.
The final step in this portion of the tutorial is to export the final report to a .CSV file. This is accomplished by selecting the CSV icon or using the command Export=>CSV File. Accept the default name or provide your own descriptive file name and select Save. Close the Report function by selecting the command File=>Exit or selecting the "X" in the upper right hand corner of the dialog. Select the command Results=>Browse file or the Notepad Icon to view the saved CSV file. This file is shown below.
Add 9 records for the Buildup/Washoff use nomenclature of "pollutant name - landuse name" i.e. TSS-Open or ZINC-Residential for good organization. Use a value of 1 mg/L for BOD-Open and remember to convert the values for ZINC to mg/L. These records may already exist because of the merging. Edit them to ensure the correct concentrations are used. When editing the records select "None" for buildup and "EMC" for Washoff. Enter the values above in the Mean Concentration field. Choose standard deviations of 0. A standard deviation of non-zero can be used for a continuous simulation so that for each new storm in the TS a new value for EMC is selected from a normal distribution. The dialogs are shown below for entering EMC data.
XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
Now that we have entered the required data for pollutants, we must link the records together. This is the most complicated step since three global database records must be linked together to describe the behavior of each pollutant on each landuse. This is accomplished in the Pollutant records. Select Pollutant as record type then edit each pollutant and for the corresponding landuse select the appropriate Buildup/Washoff record. The dialog for BOD is shown below. All available landuses are located on the left and a Buildup/Washoff button allows the selection of any of those records. The procedure is straightforward. Select a landuse on the left and then a buildup/washoff record to attach to it. This association is for the pollutant named in the dialog title bar.
For each landuse the modeler is permitted to have the pollutant linked to snowmelt, have a unique street sweeping efficiency and concentrations in the groundwater and precipitation. In many WQ studies and modeling projects these pathways are significant especially those with long light rain seasons.
Select Pollutant List and add all of the pollutants in the Global Database to the Simulation. This is accomplished by selecting from the list on the left each pollutant and clicking the Add button, which places the pollutant in the list on the right for the simulation. Only the pollutants on the right hand side will be available when the model is solved. The dialog is shown below. Repeat for the landuses and add all landuses to the simulation.
For each landuse select the empty button on the left in the landuse section. Then enter the percent area this landuse covers on the subcatchment. All areas must add to 100% and no selected landuses can have a value of zero. Use the table below to complete the task for the remaining subcatchments. For node detention also turn on the flag print flows and concentrations so that the output file will generate a summary of total loads. Upon completion of the data entry save the model under the name LexingtonWQ.XP and resolve the model for the Runoff Layer. You may also wish to create a backup set of data using XPX Export. Table of Landuse for Lexington Watershed Node - Subcatcment % Residential MH1 #1 90 MH2 #1 80 MH3 #1 50 MH4 #1 90 MH5 #1 30 MH6 #1 100 MH7 #1 80 MH8 #1 70 MH9 #1 80 MH10 #1 80 MH11 #1 60 Pond #1 30 % Commercial 0 0 0 5 0 0 20 30 0 0 0 30 % Open 10 20 50 5 70 0 0 0 20 20 40 40
The output file can produce a summary and a time series of flow and pollutant concentrations and total volumes and loads. The reporting time step for this times series is set in the Print Control as a factor of time steps. For example, every fourth time step with a fifteen minute time step would result in results recorded every hour. Note: Runoff has three time steps, therefore the only way to guarantee a uniform reporting is to have all time steps use the same value. This print control is also used to create data to feed receiving water quality models. The review results can also export data, however this data is an echo of the .SY? files, and as discussed earlier may already be a subset of all the computations.
**************************************************** * Summary of Quantity and Quality Results at * * Location MH2 Flow in cfs. * * Values are instantaneous at indicated time step * **************************************************** LFUCG Default Database - Created by XP Software Lexington Model Date Time Flow TSS BOD ZINC Mo/Da/Year Hr:Min cfs mg/l mg/l mg/l ---------- ------------- -------- -------- -------9 1 2001 2 0 0.008 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 3 2001 14 0 0.001 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 3 2001 20 0 0.000 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 7 2001 2 0 0.009 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 7 2001 3 0 0.000 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 7 2001 4 0 0.003 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 13 2001 8 0 0.007 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 13 2001 15 0 0.575 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 15 2001 17 0 0.004 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 15 2001 18 0 0.006 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 15 2001 19 0 0.001 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 9 15 2001 22 0 0.021 9.480E+01 8.200E+00 1.470E-01 ---------- ------------- -------- -------- -------Flow wtd means..... 0.0018 94.800 8.200 0.147 Flow wtd std devs.. 0.0524 0.000 0.000 0.000 Maximum value...... 2.480 94.800 8.200 0.147 Minimum value...... 0.000 94.800 8.200 0.147 Total loads........ 4.450E+03 2.633E+01 2.278E+00 4.083E-02 Cub-Ft POUNDS POUNDS POUNDS
Rerun the model after turning on the Pollutant list and adding the pollutants TSS, BOD and ZINC. If pollutants of these names are found on the interface file the pollutants will be routed with the flows. The locations of pollutant input are the nodes that were common to Runoff and Hydraulics. To review the results of water quality routing select all the links and then choose the review results icon. A series of graphs similar to that shown below will appear. It shows flow, velocity and US and DS levels.
Select the Options Icon from the toolbar and choose to show 1 graph. Then select the WQ icon on the toolbar to display the water quality results. These results exist equally for both nodes and links but in this example we have picked a link. You will notice that the concentration is not constant even though an EMC was used. This is because each node generated a unique hydrograph and constant concentration based on the area weighted land uses.
When using EMC and continuous simulations a more reasonable result is the cumulative load rather than the concentration vs. time. To accomplish this select the options icon to get the dialog below. Click on the Pollutant load and Cumulative then the OK button.
For the link Channel the cumulative TSS for the month is about 240 lbs.
The end of the output file from a Hydraulics Water Quality run contains peak concentrations and total loads for all conduits and links. A partial table for links is shown below.
################################### # Extran Water Quality Summary # ################################### Conduit ------L4 L4 L4 L5 L5 L5 L6 L6 L6 L7 L7 L7 L8 L8 L8 L9 L9 L9 Branch1 Branch1 Branch1 Channel Channel Channel culvert culvert culvert Pollutant ---------TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC TSS BOD ZINC Peak Conc. Total Load(kgs) --------------------------128.8 69.30 12.51 6.367 0.1797 0.1116 103.0 84.86 10.03 8.013 0.1648 0.1391 115.2 99.45 10.19 9.290 0.1808 0.1619 112.7 10.71 7.248 0.6891 0.2175 2.0657E-02 103.9 5.376 12.57 0.6505 0.2627 1.3591E-02 124.4 7.668 10.76 0.6633 0.1929 1.1891E-02 120.5 14.40 12.90 1.542 0.2139 2.5571E-02 104.6 106.1 9.049 9.721 0.1768 0.1735 7.067 1.1578E-02 0.6029 9.8790E-04 1.4022E-02 2.2969E-05 Decay(kgs) ----------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
References
Ahmed, F. (1994). The Utility of an Object-Oriented Software Tool for Planning Management Practices for Urban Stormwater in Ontario. Master of Science (Engineering) Thesis University of Guelph, Guelph, Ontario, 172 pp. ASCE & WEF (1992). Design and Construction of Urban Stormwater Management Systems. ASCE Manuals and Reports of Engineering Practice No. 77, WEF Manual of Practice FD-20. 724 pp. Brundtland, H. (1987). Our Common Future - World Commission on Environment and Development, United Nations Brundtland Commission 1987. Crawford, N.H. (1993). The Next Major Breakthrough... Paper presented at the EPA workshop: Developing Dynamic Watershed Modelling Capabilities for the Great Lakes Tributaries, Heidelberg College, Tiffin, Ohio. August 4-6, 1993. (in press). Dose, J.R. and Roper, B.B., (1994). Long-Term Changes in Low-Flow Channel Widths within the South Umpqua Watershed, Oregon. American Water Resources Association. Water Resources Bulletin. 30(6): 9931000. Goforth, G.F., Heaney, J.P. and Huber, W.C. (1983). Comparison of Basin Performance of Modelling Techniques. Journal of Environmental Engineering. 109(5), 1082-1098. Gore, A. (1992). Earth in the Balance - Ecology and the Human Spirit. Houghton Mifflin Company, New York, New York, 408 pp. Huber, W.C. (1992a). Experience with the U.S. EPA SWMM Model for Analysis and Solution of Urban Drainage Problems. Inundaciones Y Redes de Drenaje Urbano, Dolz J., Gomez, M., and J.P. Martin eds., Colegio de Ingenieros de Caminos, Canales y Puertos, May 1992. pp. 199-220. James, W. (1994). Why design Storm Methods have become Unethical. In: Hydraulic Engineering '94. Proc. of the National Conference on Hydraulic Engineering, Buffalo, New York, August 1-5, 1994. ASCE. New York, NY (2):1203-1207. James, W. and Robinson, M. (1982). Continuous Models Essential for Detention Design. Proceedings of an Engineering Foundation Conference on Stormwater Detention Facilities Planning, Design, Operation and Maintenance. ASCE, New York, NY. James, W. and Robinson, M. (1986). Continuous Deterministic Urban Runoff Modelling. In: Urban Drainage Modelling, Proceedings of the International Symposium on Comparison of Urban Drainage Models with Real Catchment Data UDM '86 Dubrovnik, Yugoslavia, 8-11 April 1986, Maksimovic, C. and M. Radojkovic eds., Pergman Press. pp. 347-378. Southerland, E. (1981). A Continuous Simulation Modelling Approach to Nonpoint Pollution Management. Ph.D Thesis submitted to Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University December, 1981.
Table of Contents
Workshop Example 2 ..................................................................................................................................... 1 A) Introduction ........................................................................................................................................... 3 Files Needed ........................................................................................................................................... 3 B) Building a Sanitary Sewer Model from External Data .......................................................................... 4 1) Starting a New Database .................................................................................................................... 4 2) Sources of Data for XP-SWMM2000 Sewer Models......................................................................... 6 3) Importing Node and Coordinates ....................................................................................................... 7 4) Importing the Conduits and Network Connectivity ........................................................................... 7 5) Importing the Node Data.................................................................................................................... 8 6) Importing the Conduit Data................................................................................................................ 8 7) Adding Pump Data ........................................................................................................................... 10 8) Adding Wetwell and Outfall Data.................................................................................................... 11 C) Checking Imported Data...................................................................................................................... 14 1) Network Overview ........................................................................................................................... 14 2) Long Section .................................................................................................................................... 15 3) Profile Plotting ................................................................................................................................. 16 4) Upstream Flow Test ......................................................................................................................... 17 D) Modeling Dry Weather Flows (DWF) ................................................................................................ 18 1) DWF Generation Options................................................................................................................. 18 2) Entering the Diurnal Sanitary Flow Peaking Factors ....................................................................... 19 3) Solving the Model for Dry Weather Conditions .............................................................................. 20 3) Solving the Model for Dry Weather Conditions .............................................................................. 20 3) Capacity Analysis............................................................................................................................. 20 E) Modeling Infiltration and Inflows (I/I) ................................................................................................ 22 1) Modeling Infiltration Based on Transport........................................................................................ 22 2) Modeling Infiltration from Known Flows........................................................................................ 22 3) Generating Storm Flows (Runoff Hydrology) ................................................................................. 23 4) Capturing a Portion of the Storm Flows as Inflows ......................................................................... 23 F) Combined Sewers ................................................................................................................................ 24 1) General Network Setup .................................................................................................................... 24 2) Regulators and Real Time Control................................................................................................... 25 G) Advanced Topics................................................................................................................................. 26 1) Simulating Basement Flooding ........................................................................................................ 26 2) Designing Single or Entire Set of Conduits in Hydraulics Layer..................................................... 27 3) Statistical Processing of Overflow Events ....................................................................................... 27
A) Introduction
XP-SWMM2000 comprehensively models the hydraulic components of sanitary and combined sewer systems. It includes modeling capabilities for continuous or event simulations of the wet weather components such as the inflow and infiltration to sanitary sewers. Numerous hydrograph generation methods exist to generate these flows and the software has the ability to handle large networks of closed and open conduits, looped networks, storage nodes, force mains and multiple outfalls. Water quality routing and removal in is also easily added to existing networks. This tutorial contains all of the popular components in a sanitary and combined sewer system and introduces the user to some advanced topics for conduit design, the simulation of basement flooding and routing and treating water quality constituents.
Files Needed
STREETS.SHP ESRI Shape file of streets in the Greater Seattle area STREETS.DBF ESRI Shape file of streets in the Greater Seattle area STREETS.SHX ESRI Shape file of streets in the Greater Seattle area NODE_COORDINATES.XPX - XPX file of Manhole coordinates LINKOBJECTS.XPX XPX file to create the links of the model MANHOLEDATA+COORDS.XLS Excel spreadsheet with node coordinates, topography, and DWF data SEWERDATA.XLS Conduit topography data including placeholders for results GLOBALS.TXT - DWF pattern and pump curves in an XPX file for import PROFILEPLOT SETTINGS IMPERIAL.XPX Profile Plot Defaults for US unit projects
Fit the graphics to the screen with the command View=>Fit Window or us the Fit to Window Icon to place all of the background in the network window. If the background is not displaying it may not be checked to be shown. The following portion of the tool strip is used for backgrounds. The first icon is the add picture tool previously used and the second is the Image Properties tool. It loads the dialog shown right.
Holding the mouse over the icon will display a bubble of the icon's purpose and a detailed description of the command is displayed in the lower left-hand corner of the program interface.
Without the GIS module spreadsheets cannot be read directly in their current form. However, all pertinent data can be imported into the model for this tutorial. This is accomplished by importing XPX files for the creation of nodes and links and all pertinent data by including CSV files within an XPX file. Each of these files is described in more detail as they are imported. To import any of these files select the Special=>Import Data :XPX=>Select command to locate the file and then select the Import button on the Import dialog. The Select command will search for file with the extension XPX. If the file you wish to find uses another extension then select all files for file type or type in the string *.XXX, where XXX is the extension of the file.
After the XPX files for the nodes and links have been imported, execute the command View=>Fit Window or Fit Window Icon so that the current window contains the data.
where,
$TABLE is a keyword to signify the beginning of a CSV Table in an XPX file Field1, Field2, FieldX is an XPX variable field name such as Z or DEEP for node Invert or conduit diameter
, is the delimeter 'Object Name' is the name of the Link or Node (single or double quotes are always required for Tables) instance is zero for single conduits and 1 through 7 for multi-conduits count is always one in a table, signifying one value per field $TABLE_END is a keyword to signify the end of a CSV Table in an XPX file
$TABLE,,, , , z, grelev 'MR001',0,1,292.18,302.18 'MR001A',0,1,291,301 'MR002',0,1,290.27,300.27 'MR003',0,1,287.53,297.53 'MR004',0,1,286.09,296.09 $TABLE_END,,,
After importing the table review a few nodes to see the data that has been imported. The invert and spillcrest fields are the minimum data requirements for a node.
All of the basic collection system data has been entered. Although XPX files can be used to upload pump and outfall data this model only has a few of these and this data will be entered in dialogs.
After entering the control data click and add the Pump Rating shown below. Alternatively the pump rating could be entered in the global database by selecting the command Tools=>Global Database.
Repeat the process to enter the second pump in the lift station. It has a starting and stopping elevation 1 foot higher than the first pump.
For large networks it is useful to have a birds eye view of the network to navigate and discover any breaks in the network. To turn on the Network Overview dialog select it from the View Menu. The dialog can be resized or minimized and shows the current view extents in red. This box can be expanded or moved by right mouse clicking and dragging or left mouse click and drag within the network overview. The red box that represents the current view extents is updated whenever the view is changed. For example, use the zoom tools and pan tools and watch the changes in the network overview. Zoom in with the Network Overview by right mouse clicking and dragging to the left, which shrinks the red box. Move the red box up and down the network to look for any connectivity problems. Note: The extents of the shape file in this example render the Network Overview ineffective since the coverage of the network is such a small amount of the total area.
XP SOFWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
2) Long Section
The long section will allow the user to visually inspect diameters and inverts of the imported network. Select the main trunk and use the long section to visually check the inverts of the system. You will need to enable the multi-link with the pump to allow plotting through the pump. Use a length of 30 feet for that object. This is accomplished by first selecting the Plot button on the lower right hand corner of the dialog, and then selecting the Pump radio button and entering a length for the pump to be plotted. This is necessary since the pump does not have a length associated with it for profile plotting purposes. This length does not affect the calculations; it is only used for profile plotting.
Use the zoom icons all the Toolstrip to isolate just a small section of the network. Click and drag the mouse to pan to check invert problems or survey errors. Zooming in enough will allow the pump to be displayed as symbol.
3) Profile Plotting
Profile plotting allows a selection of links and nodes to be exported to DXF or printed or plotted. This plotting allows annotation and the plotting of an envelope of maximums such as maximum flow or HGL. Select one of the branches of the sewer system. Then select the Profile Plotting tool by selecting it from the Tools menu and the dialog below will be displayed.
Select the Setup button to view the default profile plot settings that were selected in the new project wizard. The checked items will be shown on the drawing and the numbering refers to the row and position on that row. Then select the OK button to proceed to the Profile Plot Parameters dialog. Use the scale to fit or appropriate scale factors and Preview the plot.
The census based method is being used in this tutorial and the data imported from the spreadsheet using XP-GIS. As an alternative the average dry weather flows are contained in an XPX file called DRYWEATHERFLOWSHDR.XPX to be used with the direct flow method. This file contains the following DATA commands to import dry weather flows for each node. DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA HDR_SEWAGE "MR010A" 0 1 0.116 /* DRY_WTH "MR010A" 0 1 1 /* HDR_DWF_MTD "MR010A" 0 1 0 /* HDR_KLAND "MR010A" 0 1 0 /* HDR_DWF_UN "MR010A" 0 1 0 /* HDR_PFAC "MR010A" 0 1 1 /* HDR_TMPV "MR010A" 0 1 "DWF Pattern" /* Flow Rate */ Turn on dry weather flow */ Direct Flow Method */ Residential Landuse */ Units as cfs */ Peaking Factor */ Temporal Variation Record */
These average flows are multiplied by the appropriate peaking factors for the hour of the day or day of the week. These peaking factors are contained in the global database as a temporal variation.
3) Capacity Analysis
Using the Report generation and the Graphical encoding we can prepare in report format and demonstrate in a graphical format areas of the network that have a lot of available capacity and others which have no available capacity for further development without some system modifications. Use the variables Design Full Flow, Maximum Flow and Maximum Flow/Design Flow Fraction and create a user-defined report. These items show the maximum flow predicted by Manning's equation, the maximum flow measured and the ration of these variables. A fraction less than one means that the maximum flow is less than the capacity of the sewer. A fraction more than one means that the maximum flow in the simulation is more than the full flow predicted by Manning's, this conduit is flowing under pressure. The preceding paragraph is a valid test when no backwater effects are present. It is possible to obtain surcharged flows less than design flow if there is a downstream restriction or undersized conduits. To test
XP SOFWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
for both cases (surcharge due to hydraulic capacity or surcharge due to backwater) a combination of node surcharge and conduit capacity would need to be checked. Create a link-based report and select the ratio of maximum flow/design flow and upstream node surcharge time. Export the report to a spreadsheet and create a new column with the logic that if the upstream node was surcharged (a value greater than zero for US Node surcharge time) and the ratio of flows for the conduit was more than 1 then surcharge due to hydraulic capacity of the conduit occurred. If the upstream node was surcharged (a value greater than zero for US Node surcharge time) and the ratio of flows for the conduit was less than 1 then surcharge due to backwater from downstream conduits occurred. Finally, if the ratio of flows was more than 1 and there was no surcharge in the US node then the conduit was flowing in supercritical flow regime. Next use the variable Maximum Flow/Design Flow Fraction and change the conduit color with Graphical Encoding. Select a color of red for all conduits, which have fraction more than 1, and a graduated set of colors for numbers from 0 to 1. After encoding the plan view identify regions of the network with capacity to accept more flows. These suggested steps could be repeated for our future model, it includes wet weather inputs, infiltration and inflows. Then the user can present capacity analysis for dry and wet weather conditions.
F) Combined Sewers
1) General Network Setup
The general setup of a combined sewer is to model the entire network that is connected so that all of the storm water and sanitary components that drain in common are modeled together. It is important that the components of the combined flow are correct so this requires that the dry weather flows are calibrated and the storm water flows be calibrated separately. Then management strategies, which deal with any of these components, will reflect the correct portion of the total flow. All three layers are employed in this type of modeling. However, several consultants have also created and or manipulated interface files outside of SWMM and routed these flows through the Hydraulics layer. This requires the flows to be generated by other programs or methods and sometimes the combined measured flows are used in this type of simulation as inputs to the model. Within the Runoff layer the user can model several components of flow by employing a strategy of developing several hydrographs from the same subcatchment. In this case, the area of the catchment can be repeated or portions of the area can be used. One of the Subcatchments at the node represents the storm water runoff component, while one or more unit hydrograph methods such as SCS are used to develop long and lagged hydrographs to represent the inflow and infiltration into the sewer. It is important that the sum of the unit hydrographs that represent the infiltration and inflow together with the hydrograph representing the storm flows produce the total response and that the total runoff for the unit hydrograph for infiltration into the sewer does not exceed the infiltration total from the storm water hydrograph. This guaranties that the total surface infiltration is the only source for the infiltration into the pipes. However, if conduits are buried below the groundwater table then this additional source can be modeled. Below is a typical node employing the strategy described above. Catchments 2 and 3 are using the SCS methodology to create long responses to represent infiltration and inflow. Catchment 4 represents the surface runoff being captured by the combined sewer.
G) Advanced Topics
1) Simulating Basement Flooding
Adding conduits and storage nodes that represent floor drain leads and basements can simulate basement flooding. In a sanitary or combined sewer model the basement flooding can be shown in the DSS tools by using several nodes that represent the sum of basements at various inverts and locations. These storage nodes would be connected with conduits that represent basement floor drain leads. For example, consider a subdivision with 50 homes and 10 of them are at a low elevation that has basement flooding. The basements of these 10 homes can become a storage node or several storage nodes that have areas equal to the area of the basement at every elevation. If all basements where 20' by 30' and 8' deep and they were at the same elevation then they could be represented by a storage node that had an invert equal to the floor drain elevation a constant area equal to 6000 square feet (10 homes x 20' by 30') and be connected to the sewer with a single conduit of 6" diameter that has the number of barrels field in the conduit factors dialog changed to 10.
Table of Contents
A) Introduction to the XP-SWMM2000 GIS Module........................................................................................................3 1) Files Needed ..............................................................................................................................................................3 B) Launching the GIS Module and Creating a New Database...........................................................................................4 1) Launching the GIS Module........................................................................................................................................4 2) Creating a new Database............................................................................................................................................4 3) Overview of the GIS Module Interface......................................................................................................................4 4) Modeling Data ...........................................................................................................................................................5 C) Importing Map Files......................................................................................................................................................6 1) Map File Definition....................................................................................................................................................6 2) Importing the Map File ..............................................................................................................................................6 3) Reviewing Node Names and Coordinates..................................................................................................................7 D) Importing Node Data ....................................................................................................................................................9 1) Importing the Node Data............................................................................................................................................9 E) Importing Links and Link Data ...................................................................................................................................11 1) Importing the Conduit Data .....................................................................................................................................11 F) Aggregating Conduits..................................................................................................................................................12 G) Exporting XPX Files from GIS Module .....................................................................................................................14 H) Importing GIS Module Data into XP-SWMM2000....................................................................................................15
1) Files Needed
NODES.MAP - EPANET Version 1.X Map File MANHOLEDATA.XLS - An Excel Spread Sheet of Manhole Names with Invert and Spill Crest Elevations CONDUITDATA.XLS - An Excel Spread Sheet of Conduit Names with Required Conduit Data
On the left-hand side a separate frame allows the selection of layers and the toggling of layers "On" or "Off" by clicking on the checkboxes. The large pane is the current view of the network. It is currently blank since we have created a new database. The menus on the top and the toolstrip below access most of the commands. The location of the mouse is dynamically shown in the lower left-hand corner of the interface. The help menu contains all the detail necessary to use the program including access to several multimedia tutorials. The toolstrip shown below contains the most common commands for manipulating the view. From left to right they are:
Object Selector: Used to select one or more nodes and/or conduits, or to move nodes. Add Conduit: Creates conduits and/or nodes in the current layer. Zoom In: Zoom in to a specific window of the displayed view. Zoom Out: Zoom out or increase the displayed view area. Pan Map: Move the current display window to a new portion of the network in the direction you wish. Adjust Conduit Display Size: Cycles the conduit line width through 3 thickness. Adjust Label Display Size: Cycles the font size of node and conduit labels through 3 increasing sizes. Lock or Unlock SWMM Layers: Locks the node positions so that they cannot be accidentally nudged when selecting objects. View Profile: Displays the dynamic hydraulic gradeline for the selected pathway. Works only in conjunction with the Extran layer. There must be an EPA SWMM input file associated with the Extran layer for which an output file exists containing intermediate output. View Graph: Not available in this release.
4) Modeling Data
Most large sewer models are built in XP-SWMM2000 through the capability of importing existing electronic databases. Since most municipalities have some form of asset management software or GIS database of the collection system, this data can be placed in a form suitable for XP-SWMM2000. This has primary involved the manual manipulation of text files, the customization of GIS software or the creation of new tools. The GIS module is a new tool, it automates this process and allows the users to view and edit the data before it is sent to the model. The data we will use in this exercise has been delivered from a GIS department into a spreadsheet. A small portion of one of the spreadsheets is shown below. The variable names (XP field names) are described in other documentation. There is also a map file for node coordinates described later.
Name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 USNode MR001 MR001A MR002 MR003 MR004 MR005 MR006 DSNode MR001A MR002 MR003 MR004 MR005 MR006 MR007 zp1 292.18 291.13 290.27 288.25 286.88 284.93 283.88 zp2 291.13 290.27 288.25 286.88 284.93 283.88 281.74 Len 81 78 171.69 50 87.6 79.7 160.87 rough 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 0.013 nklass 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 deep 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Notice that the above table shows the node labels and the Northing and Easting values, but all other values are blank. The map file does not contain any data. However, the GIS module will import data to existing objects, as we will see later in this tutorial.
Double-click on the node "MR025" and the Extran Attributes for Node dialog appears. This dialog is shown below. The left side includes a form of the data contained in the underlying database of the GIS Module. Only the coordinates are showing up as non-zero because thus far we have only imported a map file, which contained the node name and the coordinates. To the right the dialog has a graphic that will show a representation of the data type selected on the left. Click on one of the data fields such as Invert Elevation and look at the graphic on the right.
In addition to this graphical dialog, the Node Table can be shown by selecting the command View=>Nodes Table. By selecting a row in the table the same object is highlighted in the plan view display. Select the row MR022 and notice the node become green and the text bold.
On the next dialog enter or select the file MANHOLEDATA.XLS provided with this tutorial and the database type as Excel 5.0. In addition you may want to see the entire list of available formats, which include MS Access, dBASE, Paradox, TEXT and many more.
Select the Next button. It is at this point the MANHOLEDATA.XLS file is read for column headers that may be appropriate for node and link data. The data must now be mapped from the source file to the internal database of the GIS Module.
Select the "manhole$" string from the Source Table/Query drop down list. Select in the source fields on the right "F1" for ID "z" for InvertElev and "grelev" for GroundElev. This will map the columns headed by Field ,1 "z" and "grelev" to the appropriate locations in the GIS Module. The image to the right shows this mapping of variable names. Next the user will be prompted for link mapping. Since no data for links exist in the source file simply select the Next button to bypass this dialog. The last step allows the user to save the mapping in a profile file. Save the current database import profile as XPGISTUTORIALNODEDATA. Click on the Finish button to launch the import process. A progress monitor shows the process occurring and the process is terminated with the display of the Nodes table. At the end of the import process the Node table will be displayed showing the imported elevations.
Double-click on the node MR026 to see the data in the form view.
After the import process is complete the Conduits table can be viewed as shown below. In this import the connectivity was contained because Node 1 is the upstream node and Node 2 is the downstream node. We essentially imported the object and its data with one import selection. We also could have imported the nodes and their coordinates if all of the data had been in the same source table or query.
F) Aggregating Conduits
This command allows you to easily aggregate two or more conduits into a single conduit. Attributes of the resulting conduit are computed from customizable equations specific to each attribute. Configurations for various aggregation scenarios can be stored and recalled instantly.
Select the section highlighted in the image above. Selecting the node MR001 and selecting the node MR007 while holding down the shift key accomplish this. Then Choose the command Edit=>Aggregate... from the to aggregate the selected conduit pathway. The image to the right shows the Aggregation dialog. By selecting on the fields in the left the aggregation equation for that variable will be displayed. The source objects selection shows the list of objects to be aggregated. Modify the equation for the roughness so that the maximum roughness in the seven conduits will be the roughness for the aggregated prototype. Select the aggregate command and return to the plan view display to see the resulting simplified model.
The image below shows the aggregated network. This is a very desirable feature since large models (many objects) take longer to simulate and may not be worth the extra effort. Modelers must always decide on the optimal level of complexity since more objects is more data and more data takes more money to model.
To view the details of the aggregated conduit simply double-click on the link 1. Take advantage of the note field and enter a description of the fact that this conduit is representative of many.
/******************************************************/ /* Generated by PCSWMM GIS for XPSWMM */ /* Database: gissewer */ /* Layer: Extran */ /* Entities: All entities (80 nodes, 79 conduits) */ /* Date: 6/21/99 5:15:50 PM */ /******************************************************/ /************/ /* Entities */ /************/ /* Node Entities */ NODE 134 "MR010A" 18974.102 24640.559 NODE 134 "MR011" 18863.828 24374.844 NODE 134 "MR012" 18803.246 24240.791 /* Conduit Entities */ LINK 136 "8" "MR007" "MR008" LINK 136 "9" "MR008" "MR009" LINK 136 "10" "MR009" "MR010" /**************/ /* Attributes */ /**************/ /* Node MR010A */ DATA GRELEV "MR010A" 0 1 284.61 DATA Z "MR010A" 0 1 274.61 DATA QINST "MR010A" 0 1 0 DATA Y0 "MR010A" 0 1 0 /* Conduit 48 */ DATA NKLASS "48" 0 1 1 DATA LEN "48" 0 1 167.88 DATA ROUGH "48" 0 1 0.013 DATA QO "48" 0 1 0 DATA AFULL "48" 0 1 0 DATA DEEP "48" 0 1 1.5 DATA WIDE "48" 0 1 0 DATA ZP1 "48" 0 1 201.22 DATA ZP2 "48" 0 1 196.86 XP SOFTWARE. Do not reproduce without written authorization.
Select the command Special=>Import Data=>XPX. Select the file exported by the GIS Module as is shown below. Then select the Import button to perform the import process. The user will see a warning message that alerts you to the fact that an import will overwrite existing data. Select OK from this dialog and a progress monitor will show you that the process is working.
When the import has finished select the Fit window icon from the toolstrip of XP-SWMM2000 to see the entire network. This view is shown in the image below.
Although this tutorial has only covered a straightforward example of using the GIS Module it should familiarize you enough with the process for you to productively use this tool. The future capabilities of this module will be greatly influenced by the customization projects with users. Please feel free to suggest new ideas, or questions to SWMM Solutions or directly to XP Software Inc.
Create the new model by using this dialog and the New command. You should use the name BASIC1.XP as the name of this XP database (the .XP signifies an ASCII file containing all of the data you have entered either through file import or data dialogs). Select U.S. customary units for this model when asked by the interface. Note: If the Projects option is enabled in the SWMXP.INI file then a Project will need to be created first, then the database "BASIC1.XP" file can be created as a member of the project.
Enter the data shown below in the variable time interval data dialogs. We will use absolute depth option for rainfall and the time intervals are in hours. The multiplier is applied to all values in the rain column. Use the graph command to look at any list of numbers in XP-SWMM2000. The picture below shows the graph of the rainfall data just entered in the variable time interval dialog. You should verify that the rainfall you entered looks like the data shown below.
Enter the global data for the infiltration by selecting with the mouse the EDIT button. The infiltration data includes the roughness, and depression storage for the pervious and impervious areas of the basin. Enter the data shown in the bottom figure and select the Green-Ampt infiltration equation.
Enter the three numbers shown below for the three Green-Ampt infiltration parameters. You can get help by using the help or "?" icon on any screen.
Any selection field also involves the ability to edit any global database already created in global data, or to create a new database record for the particular database type. For example, a rainfall database can be created using the Add button or modified through the EDIT option. Once the two database record names have been selected then the data is complete for basin 1. The minimum data requirements for a basin in the Runoff layer are the physical data entered in the opening Runoff Node screen, the selection of a routing method, and the selection of the database names. If the databases are not selected then an error will be reported when solving the model indicating missing data. Note: Periodically save your work to the .XP file by using the "Save" icon.
Time control information is entered in the time control dialog. The Runoff layer has three time steps: wet which is used the when precipitation is occurring, transition which is used when the watershed has surface storage but the precipitation has stopped, and dry which is used for the inter-event times of the simulation. The same date should be used for the Runoff layer starting date and the rainfall starting date. Years may be entered either as 2 digits or 4 digits. It is important to be consistent when using more than 1 layer, for any given model, always use 2 or 4 digits. The years may be between 1 and 9999 AD, with all 2-digit years assumed to be 1900s.
The Print Control dialog controls the level of detail in the output file from the Runoff layer. Individual node and conduit time series will be printed in the .OUT file if selected in the print control and in the node and conduit dialogs.
Use the default value of 0.1 inch/day in the Evaporation dialog in the Runoff layer job control. If you do not select the default evaporation or enter the direct evaporation then a warning message about the evaporation will be generated when you try to solve the network. The warning message simply states that the model during the simulation will use the default evaporation rate.
A summary of the simulation results can be seen in the Solve window. For the Runoff layer you should have a continuity error less than 1 percent. Continuity error can be fixed by lowering either the wet time step and/or the transition time step. Close the windows by clicking on the "X" icon.
1.844359E+04 1.815000E+04
2.540 2.500
-1.618
Look at the output file BASIC1.OUT by using the "Notepad" icon. Search for Table R5 in the output file and compare your numbers to the numbers shown in the box above.
################################################## # Table R9. Summary Statistics for Subcatchments # ################################################## Note: Total Runoff Depth includes pervious & impervious area Pervious and Impervious Runoff Depth is only the runoff from those two areas. Subcatchment........... 1#1 Area (acres)........... 2.00000 Percent Impervious..... 20.00000 Total Rainfall (in).... 2.50000 Max Intensity (in/hr).. 3.00000 Pervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.38093 Total Losses (in)...... 2.11907 Remaining Depth (in)... 0.00000 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 2.06894 Total Impervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 2.58755 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 1.20832 Impervious Area with depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 2.58755 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 1.20832 Impervious Area without depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.00000 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.00000 Total Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.82225 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 3.27726 Unit Runoff (in/hr).... 1.63863
A summary of the flows from the impervious area and pervious area are listed in Table R9. There are two types of impervious areas in SWMM runoff: impervious with and without depression storage.
Reviewing Hydrographs
The surface runoff from watershed 1 may be seen by using the "Review Results" icon after highlighting node 1. Your peak flow should be about 3.28 cfs.
In summary the minimum data requirements for a watershed in the Runoff layer consist of: the physical data for the watershed, (Area, % Impervious, Width, Slope) the watershed rainfall database (Hyetograph), the watershed infiltration database (3 Infiltration, 2 surface roughness, 2 depression storage parameters, PCTZER), the evaporation data, and the Runoff layer job control (Time Control, and Print Control).
The inflow to this Sanitary model will occur at node 1. The inflow will be a constant flow of 2 cfs. The flow value is entered in the Sewer Inputs dialog under constant flow. The 2 or 2.0 must be entered and the check box must checked for the constant flow of 2 cfs to be exported. Also select the adjacent Temporal Variation button to the right of the constant inflow value.
Node 2 is simply a manhole. No other data needs to be entered for this manhole. Simply select the node and close the Sanitary Node dialog to accept the defaults. Sanitary does not have outfall boundary conditions. Sanitary only routes flow downhill uses the non-linear kinematic wave equation in the conduits.
After the conduit physical data is entered click on the OK button and go to the conduit profile dialog. The slope is entered in this dialog. The other blank number boxes are used for elevations in the nodes and conduits of Hydraulics. Sanitary will use only the slope entered in the slope field of this dialog. This slope does not have to correspond to the slope as calculated using the conduit length and invert elevations. Sanitary will ignore the conduit and node elevations of this dialog whereas Hydraulics would ignore the slope field.
The Conduit Factors dialog in Sanitary can be used to simulate minor losses in a conduit, vertical roughness changes, and multi-barreled culverts.
The first thing to enter is the time control information in the Sanitary layer. This tells the model the simulation length, simulation time step, and convergence control. Using a smaller time step, smaller convergence tolerance, and larger maximum iterations can minimize continuity errors in the Sanitary layer.
Print control information controls the detailed printout in the Sanitary layer of XP-SWMM2000. This time series detailed printout is in the output file.
There is a design mode feature in Sanitary that will resize surcharged pipes when the pipe is surcharged. The following pipe sizes will be used 6 inches, 8 inches, 10 inches, 12 inches, 15 inches, 18 inches, 21 inches, 24 inches, 30 inches and then subsequent size increases by 6 inches for larger pipes. The design mode is activated in the Options dialog of the Sanitary layer job control.
The Solve mode is selected in the mode properties dialog under the Configuration menu. You should always choose which layer you will solve in your model. You may choose to solve one, two or three layers in one run.
The peak conduit flow in conduit 3 is slightly different from the inflow of 2 cfs because the flow is routed downstream and there are two flows in a conduit: one at the upstream end and one at the downstream end of the conduit.
######################################################### # Surcharge did not occur in this Transport simulation. # ######################################################### ########################################################## # Table T5. Total iterations and maximum # of iterations # ########################################################## Element Name ---------3 Total Number of Iterations ---------60 Maximum Number of Iterations ---------1 Maximum Maximum Maximum Minimum Mean Error Flow-cfs Slope Slope Slope --------- -------- ------- ------- ------0.00000 2.01E+00 1.00E-02 1.00E-02 1.00E-02 Total Flow-cf ------7.23E+03
You should check the output file BASIC2.OUT by using the notebook icon and compare the numbers in Tables T2 and T5 of the output file to those numbers in the tables shown above. There was no surcharge in this model because the design mode increased the pipe diameter during the simulation. The new pipe diameter is shown in the output file.
##################################################### # Table T6. Continuity Error in non-conduit elements# ##################################################### Element Number ------1 2 Total Flow-cf --------7.20E+03 7.23E+03 Peak Flow(cfs) --------2.00E+00 2.01E+00 Upstream TotFlow-cf --------0.00E+00 7.23E+03 Downstream TotFlow-cf --------0.00E+00 0.00E+00 Total Cont Error-cf --------0.00E+00 0.00E+00 Continuity Continuity Error-% Error Class ----------------0.0000 Excellent 0.0000 Excellent
##################################################### # Table T7. Total flow through non-conduit elements # ##################################################### Total Total User Defnd Inflow-cf Outflow-cf Inflow-cf ------------------------1 7.20E+03 0.00E+00 0.00E+00 2 0.00E+00 7.23E+03 0.00E+00 Your average node continuity error was Excellent Element Number ------Interface Inflow-cf --------0.00E+00 0.00E+00 Constant Inflow-cf --------7.20E+03 0.00E+00 Dry Weathr Inflow-cf --------0.00E+00 0.00E+00 Infiltratn Inflow-cf --------0.00E+00 0.00E+00
Tables T6 and T7 list the individual node continuity errors and node and conduit flows during the simulation. Continuity errors less than 1 percent are called excellent.
Now define the data for node 2. The ground elevation is 100 feet, the invert elevation is 99 feet and there is no inflow to node 2. This node will be an outfall node, so we will have to enter more data in the outfall dialog boxes.
The outfall will be a free outfall (type 1) that uses a minimum of Yc (critical) or Yn (normal) as the depth of water at the downstream end of the outfall conduit. The dialog box for selecting Yc or Yn is accessed by clicking on the type of outlet dialog box. There are seven types of outfalls possible in Hydraulics with and without a tide gate.
Double-click with the mouse on conduit 3. This conduit will be a circular conduit with a diameter of 2 feet. The conduit diameter, length, and roughness are entered after clicking on the circular conduit dialog. The data requirements for a conduit in Hydraulics consist of the conduit characteristics, conduit elevations and node elevations (The conduit slope is not used in Hydraulics).
The Special Conduit Factors dialog contains the in which can be used to simulate minor losses in a conduit, vertical roughness changes, and multi-barreled culverts.
After the conduit physical data is entered click on the OK button and go to the Conduit Profile dialog. The conduit invert elevations are entered in this dialog. Hydraulics will ignore the slope information from this dialog.
Job Control
Now that we have entered the physical data for the network, the boundary conditions, and the inflow to the network, we can now enter the job control information for our model. The first thing we will do is to enter the beginning and ending simulation time and the maximum time step. The date is 1/1/92 and will last for 1 hour at a 60 second time step. This is the time step that will be saved to the .SYF file, or binary file, containing each time step flow, head and velocity. The model may use a smaller internal time step based on the slowest conduit time step.
The Routing Control dialog controls the important factors governing the model stability, model speed, and model continuity error. For example, continuity error can be controlled by adjusting the courant time step factor (smaller internal time step) and the maximum time step iterations. This dialog also contains the selection for dynamic wave solution or the different version 4 solutions.
Adjusting the head tolerance can also control continuity errors in your model. A tighter head tolerance will control any continuity error. A larger flow tolerance may speed up your model by decreasing the number of iterations used in the model. The junction defaults dialog contains the default manhole area and the default surface pond area.
The SWMM layer to be solved during this simulation is governed by the your selection under mode properties. This is located under the Configuration menu in the XP-SWMM2000 interface. You should always choose which layer you will solve in your model. You may choose to solve one, two or three layers in one run.
Module 1
The continuity error for the Hydraulics simulation is shown on the screen. You should try to have an overall error less than 1 percent. Control the error by adjusting the time step, minimum courant time step factor, maximum number of iterations, and tolerance. An efficiency goal should be between 1.5 and 2.5.
*=====================================================* | Initial system volume = 3.3000E-01 Cu Ft | | Total system inflow volume = 7.2000E+03 Cu Ft | | Inflow + Initial volume = 7.2003E+03 Cu Ft | |=====================================================| | Total system outflow = 7.2230E+03 Cu ft | | Volume left in system = 4.5358E+01 Cu ft | | Evaporation = 0.0000E+00 Cu ft | | Outflow + Final Volume = 7.2684E+03 Cu ft | *=====================================================* *===============================================* | Total Model Continuity Error | | Error in Continuity, Percent = -0.94534 | | Error in Continuity, ft^3 = -68.068 | | + Error means a continuity loss, - a gain | *===============================================*
Look at the output file and search for Table E21. This table will list the input and output from the model along with the overall continuity error and is shown on the previous page.
################################################### # Table E22. Numerical Model judgement section # ################################################### Your overall error was Worst nodal error was in node 1 Of the total inflow this loss was Your overall continuity error was with -0.9453 percent 1.3552 percent 2.6495 percent Excellent Good Efficiency 3.61 2. 2. 1.
Efficiency of the simulation Most Number of Non Convergences at one Node Total Number Non Convergences at all Nodes Total Number of Nodes with Non Convergences
Table E22 will tell you the seven important numbers you should be concerned with in analyzing your Hydraulics output and is shown above. The important tables in the Extran output are listed in the beginning of the output file. You can search for the Table number using the FIND command in the notepad editor.
*==========================================================* | HYDRAULICS TABLES IN THE OUTPUT FILE | | These are the more important tables in the output file. | | You can use your editor to find the table numbers, | | for example: search for Table E20 to check continuity. | | This output file can be imported into a Word Processor | | and printed on US letter or A4 paper using portrait | | mode, courier font, a size of 8 pt. and margins of 0.75 | | | | Table E1 - Basic Conduit Data | | Table E2 - Conduit Factor Data | | Table E3 - Junction Data | | Table E4 - Conduit Connectivity Data | | Table E5 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | | Table E5a - Conduit Explicit Condition Summary | | Table E6 - Final Model Condition | | Table E7 - Extran Iteration Summary | | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | | Table E9 - Junction Summary Statistics | | Table E10 - Conduit Summary Statistics | | Table E11 - Area assumptions used in the analysis | | Table E12 - Mean conduit information | | Table E13 - Channel losses(H) and culvert info | | Table E14 - Natural Channel Overbank Flow Information | | Table E15 - Spreadsheet Info List | | Table E16 - New Conduit Output Section | | Table E17 - Pump Operation | | Table E18 - Junction Continuity Error | | Table E19 - Junction Inflow Sources | | Table E20 - Junction Flooding and Volume List | | Table E21 - Extran continuity balance at simulation end | | Table E22 - Model Judgement Section | *==========================================================*
The basic data for this network will be the same as in Module 3. We will add surface storage node data to node 1 and a user defined inflow hydrograph to node 1.
Enter the following data in the Stepwise Linear Storage data dialog. Depth (feet) Area (acres) 0 0.0001 1 0.1 21 32 44 Graph the data you just entered using the graph button.
Module 2
Now that the user defined hydrograph and stepwise linear storage data has been entered the node dialog should have two checkboxes activated. The inflow to this model will be the constant inflow of 2 cfs plus the userdefined inflow.
Volume ft^3 ====== 0.000 243.2 969.9 2180. 5810. 1.3796E+04 2.6138E+04 4.3078E+04 6.4858E+04 9.1478E+04 1.2536E+05 1.6892E+05 2.2216E+05
Examine the output file using the NOTEPAD icon. Look at the data echo and see the storage node section. The XP-SWMM2000 software will triple the number of data points used in simulating the storage node by using linear interpolation. Now find Table E18 and look at the nodal continuity summary, Table E19 and the inflow summary, and Table E20 and the storage node summary. Compare these numbers to those found on the next page.
*=============================================================================* | Table E18 - Junction Continuity Error. Division by Volume added 11/96 | | | | Continuity Error = Net Flow + Beginning Volume - Ending Volume | | ------------------------------------------------| | Total Flow + (Beginning Volume + Ending Volume)/2 | | | | Net Flow = Node Inflow - Node Outflow | | Total Flow = absolute (Inflow + Outflow | | Intermediate column is a judgement on the node continuity error. | | | | Excellent < 1 percent Great 1 to 2 percent Good 2 to 5 percent | | Fair 5 to 10 percent Poor 10 to 25 percent Bad 25 to 50 percent | | Terrible > 50 percent | *=============================================================================* Continuity % Error in Remaining Beginning Error Node Contn Volume Volume -------- -----------------------1 -3.500E+03 15.354 4.844E+03 0.00 2 -21.9 0.115 22.8 0.330 The total continuity error was -3522.2 cubic feet The remaining total volume was 4866.4 cubic feet Your mean node continuity error was Great Your worst node continuity error was Poor Junction Name ------Net Flow Thru Node ---------1.343E+03 0.565
*===================================================* | Table E19 - Junction Inflow Sources | | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 | | depending on the units in your model.| *===================================================* Junction Name ------1 2 Constant User Inflow Inflow Inflow to Node to Node ---------- ---------7.200E+03 3660.000 0.00 0.000 Interface Inflow to Node ---------0.00 0.00 Outflow Evaporation from Node from Node ---------- ---------0.00 0.00 9.502E+03 0.00
*=====================================================* | Table E20 - Junction Flooding and Volume Listing. | | The maximum volume is the total volume | | in the node including the volume in the | | flooded storage area. This is the max | | volume at any time. The volume in the | | flooded storage area is the total volume| | above the ground elevation, where the | | flooded pond storage area starts. | | The fourth column is instantaneous, the fifth is the| | sum of the flooded volume over the entire simulation| | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 depending on the units.| *=====================================================* Out of System Stored in System Junction Surcharged Flooded Flooded Maximum Ponding Allowed Name Time (min) Time(min) Volume Volume Flood Pond Volume ---------------- ---------------------------------------1 0.00 0.00 0.00 1.413E+03 0.00 2 0.00 0.00 0.00 9.94 0.00
Select conduit 3 and review the results of the simulation. The peak flow is higher on the first inflow hydrograph cycle as the system is warming up to the initial flows. The subsequent hydrograph cycles have peak flows above 3 cfs.
Background/Development
XP-SWMM2000 is based on version 4.4 of the EPA Storm Water Management Model (SWMM). SWMM has had a continuous history of usage and development over the last 28 years as shown in Table 5-1. XPSWMM2000 is the result of 12 years of continuous development of the SWMM model with enhancements including substantial modifications to the EXTRAN module solution method and to the water quality algorithms of all modules. It also includes the XP graphical user interface (GUI) with graphical pre and post processing features. XP-SWMM2000 consists of three layers or modes: Runoff, Sanitary (Transport and Storage Treatment Blocks), and Hydraulics corresponding to the Extended Transport or EXTRAN block of SWMM. The Hydraulics mode of XP-SWMM2000 (EXTRAN of the original SWMM) is where dynamic flow routing and complex hydraulics functions operate. The Hydraulics mode uses input hydrographs and optionally utilizes input from the other modes (Runoff and Sanitary). It generates both textual and graphical output. The module of the Storm Water Management Model (SWMM) that can be used to model sanitary sewer systems is EXTRAN. EXTRAN was developed for the City of San Francisco in 1973 (Shubinski and Roesner, 1973; Kibler et al., 1975). At that time it was called the San Francisco Model and (more properly) the WRE Transport Model. In 1974, EPA acquired this model and incorporated it into the SWMM package, calling it the Extended Transport Model EXTRAN to distinguish it from the Transport block developed by the University of Florida as part of the original SWMM package. Since that time, the model has been refined; particularly in the way the flow routing is performed under surcharge conditions. Many of the changes in SWMM since 1990 and the majority of changes since 1992 have been carried out Camp, Dresser & McKee (CDM) and XP Software. EXTRAN is a hydraulic flow routing model capable of simulating open channel and/or closed conduit systems as well as simulating the operation of many other flow diversion structures and flow regulators (Table 5-2). EXTRAN receives hydrograph input(s) at specific nodal locations by interface file transfer from an upstream mode (e.g., the Runoff Block) and/or by direct user input of the hydrograph. The model performs dynamic routing of storm water and/or sanitary flows throughout the major storm drainage system to the points of outfall to the receiving water system. Types of channels that can be simulated include circular, rectangular, horseshoe, egg, and baskethandle pipes, trapezoidal, parabolic and natural channels as well as many others (Table 5-2). Simulation output from EXTRAN takes the form of water surface elevations and velocities and discharges at selected system locations. XP-SWMM2000 will provide graphical output of water surface elevations and discharge at all system locations. The Hydraulics Layer will simulate branched or looped networks, backwater due to tidal or non-tidal conditions, free-surface flow, pressure flow or surcharge, flow reversals, flow transfer by weirs, orifices and pumping facilities, and storage at on-line or off-line facilities. XP-SWMM2000 can model all of the above conditions as well as the following flow situations: 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. Open Channel Flow Closed Conduit Flow Surcharged Pressure Flow Subcritical Flow Supercritical Flow Tidal Surges Roll Waves 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. Weir flow, normal, reverse, and submerged condition Dynamic head pumps with multi-point curves Internal rating curve conduits User-defined weirs Pumps rated by wet well volume or depth Stage history boundary conditions Flow history boundary conditions
15. Rating curve boundary conditions Module 3 YEAR OF DISTRIBUTION 1969-1971 1973 1975 1977 1981 1988 1989 1990 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 Table 5-1: Chronology of the XP-SWMM2000 and EPA SWMM VERSION NAME AND NUMBER SWMM 1 WRE Transport SWMM II Interim Release SWMM 3 SWMM 4 SWMM 4.04 SWMM 4.05 SWMM 4.2 XP-SWMM 1.0 SWMM 4.3 XP-SWMM 1.44 XP-SWMM 2.23 SWMM 4.4 XP-SWMM32 5.0 XP-SWMM32 6.0 XP-SWMM 6.13 XP-SWMM2000 (7) XP-SWMM2000 Release 2 (7.5) PRINCIPAL DEVELOPERS Metcalf and Eddy, Inc. W.R.E. now CDM University of Florida University of Florida, CDM University of Florida, CDM University of Florida, CDM University of Florida University of Florida University of Florida, CDM, WP XP Software University of Florida, XP Software XP Software XP Software Oregon State University, CDM XP Software XP Software XP Software XP Software XP Software
PROPERTIES COMPUTED AT EACH TIME STEP Volume, Surface Area, and HGL Cross-sectional Area, Hydraulic
CONSTANT PROPERTIES Invert, Crown, and Ground Elevation Head Loss Coefficients,
(15)
(15) Increase definition of pump curve to not less than 10 points to allow better definition of pump characteristics. (16) Improve output for presentation of results and transfer back to GIS. (17) Water quality in simulation should be considered to allow modeling of outfall quality.
Diversion Structures
Types Circular Rectangular User-Defined or Irregular Closed Conduit Egg-Shaped Horshoe Gothic Catenary Semielliptic Basket Handle and Modified Basket Handle Semi-Circular Rectangular Triangular Bottom Rectangular Round Bottom Vertical and Horizontal Ellipse Arch Trapezoidal Power Function Natural Channel (HEC-2 Irregular Cross Section) Circular and Rectangular Orifices Transverse and Side Flow Weirs Pumps Rated by Well Volume Module 5: XP-SWMM2000 Hydraulics (EXTRAN) Theory Page 5
Pumps Rated by Depth in Node Dynamic Head Pumps with or without discharge pipes Regulators, Inflatable Weirs Hydrobrakes, Bendable Weirs, User Defined Weirs, Flumes, Rating Curves On-line, Enlarged Pipes or Tunnels On-Line Or Offline, Arbitrary Stage-Area or Stage-Volume Relationship Surface Ponding By Equation or Arbitrary Stage-Area Relationship Transverse Weir With or Without Tide Gate Side Flow Weir With or Without Tide Gate V-Notch or User-Defined Weirs Fixed Backwater With or Without Tide Gate Outfall With or Without Tide Gate Rating Curve (Elevation-Flow or Depth-Flow) Outfall
Storage Devices
In-line or off-line storage devices act as flow control devices by providing for storage of excessive upstream flows thereby attenuating and lagging the wet weather and/or dry weather flow hydrograph from the upstream area. The conceptual representations of a storage junction and a regular junction are illustrated in Figure 5-2. Note that the only difference is that added surface area in the amount of A STORE is added to that of the connecting pipes. Note also that ZCROWN (J) is set at the top of the storage tank. When the hydraulic head at junction J exceeds ZCROWN (J), the junction goes into surcharge. An arbitrary stage-area-volume relationship may also be input, e.g., to represent detention ponds. Routing is performed by ordinary level-surface reservoir methods. This type of storage facility is not allowed to surcharge.
Figure 5-2: Conceptual Storage Junction in the Hydraulics layer
Orifices
The purpose of the orifice generally is to divert sanitary wastewater out of the storm water system during dry weather periods and to restrict the entry of storm water into the sanitary interceptors during periods of runoff. The orifice may divert the flow to another pipe, a pumping station or an off-line storage tank. Figure 5-3 shows two typical diversions: I) a dropout or sump orifice, and 2) a side outlet orifice. The Hydraulics layer simulates both types of orifice by converting the orifice to an equivalent pipe. The conversion is made as follows. The standard orifice equation is:
Q o = C o A (2 g h) 1 2
where; Co = discharge coefficient (a function of the type of opening and the length of the orifice tube), A = cross-sectional area of the orifice, g = gravitational acceleration, and h = the hydraulic head on the orifice.
(5-1)
The user specifies values of Co and A. To convert the orifice to a pipe, the program equates the orifice discharge equation and the Manning pipe flow equation, i.e.,
(5-2)
The orifice pipe is assumed to have the same diameter, D, as the orifice and to be nearly flat, the invert on the discharge side being set 0.01 ft (3 mm) lower than the invert on the inlet side. In addition, for a sump orifice, the pipe invert is set by the program at 0.96D below the junction invert so that the orifice pipe is flowing full before any outflow from the junction occurs in any other pipe. For side outlet orifices, the user specifies the height of the orifice invert above the junction floor. If the slope, S, is written as H/L where L is the pipe length, H will be identically equal to h when the orifice is submerged. When it is not submerged, h will be the height of the water surface above the orifice centerline while H, will be the distance of the water surface above critical depth (which will occur at the discharge end) for the pipe. For practical purposes, it is assumed that H = h for this case also. Thus, letting S = h/L and substituting R = D/4 (where D is the orifice diameter) for circular conduits into equation 5-2 and simplifying gives,
n = m ( D 4) 2/3 C o /C o (2gL)1/2
The length of the equivalent pipe is computed as the maximum of 200 feet (61 meters) or
1/2
(5-3)
L = 2t(gD)1 2
(5-4)
to ensure that the celerity (stability) criterion for the pipe is not violated. Manning's n is then computed according to equation 4-3. This algorithm produces a solution to the orifice diversion that is not only as accurate as the orifice equation but also much more stable when the orifice junction is surcharged.
Weirs
A schematic illustration of flow transfer by weir diversion between two nodes is shown in Figure 5-4. Weir diversions provide relief to the sanitary system during periods of storm runoff. Flow over a weir is computed by:
Q w = C w L w [(h + V 2 2g ) a - (V 2 2g ) a ]
where; Cw = discharge coefficient, Lw = weir length (transverse to overflow), h = driving head on the weir, V = approach velocity, and a = weir exponent, 3/2 for transverse weirs and 5/3 for side-flow weirs.
(5-5)
Both Cw and Lw are input values for transverse weirs. For side-flow weirs, Cw should be a function of the approach velocity, but the program does not provide for this because of the difficulty in defining the approach velocity. For this same reason, V, which is programmed into the weir solution, is set to zero prior to computing Qw. Normally, the driving head on the weir is computed as the difference h = Y1 Yc where Y1 is the water depth on the upstream side of the weir and Yc is the height of the weir crest above the node invert. However, if the downstream depth Y2 also exceeds the weir crest height, the weir is submerged and the flow is computed by:
(5-6)
where CSUB is a submergence coefficient representing the reduction in driving head, and all other variables are as defined above. The submergence coefficient, CSUB' is taken from Roessert's Handbook of Hydraulics (in German, reference unavailable) by interpolation from Table 5-4, where CRATIO is defined as:
(5-7)
and all other variables are as previously defined. The Hydraulics layer computes the values of CRATIO and CSUB automatically and no input data values are needed. If the weir is surcharged it will behave as an orifice and the flow is computed as:
(5-8)
The weir surcharge coefficient, CSUR is computed automatically at the beginning of surcharge. When the weir begins to surcharge, the preceding weir discharge just prior to surcharge is equated to Qw in equation 5-6 and equation 5-8 is then solved for the surcharge coefficient, CSUR. Thus, no input coefficient for surcharged weirs is required. Finally, the Hydraulics layer detects flow reversals at weir nodes that cause the downstream water depth, Y2 to exceed the upstream depth, Y1. All equations in the weir section remain the same except that Y1 and Y2 are switched so that Y1 remains as the "upstream" head. Also, flow reversal at a side-flow weir causes it to behave more like a transverse weir and consequently the exponent a in equation 5-5 is set to 5/3.
Figure 5-4: Typical Weir Diversions in EXTRAN
Where h is the previously computed head before correction for flap gate and V is the velocity of flow in the upstream conduit. Table 5-4: Values of CSUB as a function of Degree of Weir Submergence CRATIO 0.00 0.10 CSUB 1.00 0.99
0.20 0.30 0.40 0.50 0.60 0.70 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 1.00
0.98 0.97 0.96 0.95 0.94 0.91 0.85 0.80 0.68 0.40 0.00
Pump Stations
A pump station is conceptually represented as either an in-line lift station or an off-line node representing a wet-well, from which the contents are pumped to another node in the system according to a programmed rule curve. Alternatively, either in-line or off-line pumps may use a multi-point pump curve (head versus pumped outflow). For an in-line lift station, the pump rate is based on the water depth, Y, at the pump junction. The step-function rule is as follows: Pump Rate = R1 for R2 Rn 0 < Y < Y1 Y1 Y < Y2 Y2 Y < Yn (5-10)
For Y=0, the pump rate is the inflow rate to the pump junction. Inflows to the off-line pump must be diverted from the main sewer system through an orifice, a weir, or a pipe. The influent to the wet-well node must be a free discharge regardless of the diversion structure. The pumping rule curve is based on the volume of water in the storage junction. A schematic presentation of the pump rule is shown in Figure 5-5. The step-function rule operates as follows: 1. Wet-well volumes are specified as input data for each pump station: V1 < V2 < Vn where Vn is the maximum capacity of the wet well. 2. Pumping rates are specified as input data for each station. The pump rate is selected automatically by the Hydraulics layer depending on the volume, V, in the wet-well, as follows: Pump Rate = R1 R2
for
Rn
3. A mass balance of pumped outflow and inflow is performed in the wet-well during the model simulation period. 4. If the wet-well goes dry, the pump rate is reduced below rate Rl until it just equals the inflow rate. When the inflow rate again equals or exceeds Rl, the pumping rate goes back to operating on the rule curve. 5. If Vn is exceeded in the wet-well, the inflow to the storage node is reduced until it does not exceed the maximum pumped flow. When the inflow falls below the maximum pumped flow, the inflow "gates" are opened. The program automatically steps down the pumping rate by the operating rule of (2) as inflows and wet-well volume decrease.
A conceptual head-discharge curve for a pump is shown in Figure 5-6. When this method is used for either type of pump, iterations are performed until the dynamic head difference between the upstream and downstream nodes on either side of the pump corresponds to the flow given on the pump curve. In other words, the pump curve replaces equation 5-23.
Figure 5.6: Typical Pump Curve in the Hydraulics layer
Base Algorithms
The base algorithms in the Hydraulics layer are derived from the continuity and momentum equation for flow in conduits and the continuity equation for the water surface elevation at a node. The base elements are either links such as closed conduits, open channels, and diversions or nodes such as outfalls, storage nodes, manholes or point junctions. The Hydraulics layer is presently sized to simulate drainage systems of up to 10000 channels, 10000 junctions, 10000 storage elements, l0000 orifices, 10000 weirs, 10000 pumps, and 10000 outfalls. The basic differential equations for the sewer flow in conduits/channels comes from the gradually varied, onedimensional unsteady flow equations for open channels, otherwise known as the St. Venant or shallow water equations (Lai, 1986). The terms in the momentum equation used in the Hydraulics layer module of XPSWMM2000 are shown in Table 5-5 as well as a comparison to the terms used in the Runoff and Sanitary modules of XP- SWMM2000.
Table 5-5: Momentum Equation Terms used in XP-SWMM2000
Momentum Equation Term 1. Local Inertia 2. Convective Inertia 3. Pressure Slope 4. Friction Slope 5. Bed Slope 6. Entrance/Exit Losses 7. Expansion/Contraction
Term Symbol
Application Modes Hydraulics Hydraulics Hydraulics, Sanitary Hydraulics, Sanitary, Runoff Hydraulics, Sanitary, Runoff Hydraulics, Sanitary Hydraulics, Sanitary
Q t (Q 2 / A) x y x
Sf So See Sec
The Hydraulics layer solves a nodal continuity equation and a combination momentum equation and continuity equation in the conduits. Manning's equation supplies the momentum friction slope and the continuity equation is substituted for the flow gradient term in the momentum equation. The model assumes a constant flow (Q) in links, but varies the hydraulic radius (R), cross-sectional area (A), and head (H) at the upstream and downstream ends of the conduit.
A Q =0 + x t
and the conduit momentum equation:
(5-13)
Q (Q 2 / A ) y + + g A + g A (S e + S c + S f + S o ) = 0 t x x
where, A Q t x g = the conduit cross sectional area(ft2), = the flow in the conduit (cfs), = the time (seconds), = the distance along the conduit (ft), = gravitational acceleration, 32.2 ft/sec2, and Module 5: XP-SWMM2000 Hydraulics (EXTRAN) Theory Page 13
(5-14)
Se, Sc, Sf, So = are defined in Table 5-5. As used in the Hydraulics layer module, the momentum equation is combined with the continuity equation to yield a single equation solved along each link at each time-step. To create that combined momentum/continuity equation the following identities are used or substituted in the momentum equation (514) (1) the flow identity, in which V is the velocity in the conduit (ft/sec),
Q = VA
(5-15)
(2) the conservative linearized form of the convective inertia momentum term (the linear terms are the velocity difference and flow difference along the conduit),
Q V (Q 2 / A) (Q A) +V =Q = x x x x
(5-16)
(3) a continuity equation substitution for one of the flow difference in the linear form of the convective inertia term (this is required since only one flow is calculated in the Hydraulics layer at the center of the conduit), a value of 2Vis multiplied on each side,
2 V
A A V = 2 V 2 + 2Q x t x
(5-17)
n2 Sf = 2 Q Q A R4/3
where, n = Manning's roughness coefficient, and R = the hydraulic radius.
(5-18)
Note that the use of the absolute value sign on the velocity term in equation 5-18 makes Sf a directional quantity and ensures that the frictional force always opposes the flow direction. (5) a gradient head (H) substitution combining the pressure and bed slope (So) terms of the momentum equation,
H y h y = So + = + x x x x
(5-19)
(6) the entrance/exit loss term in the momentum equation has a slope (See) defined by:
K ee V 2 S ee = 2 g x
(5-20)
(7) a gradient head (H) substitution combining the pressure and bed slope (So) terms of the momentum equation, Module 5: XP-SWMM2000 Hydraulics (EXTRAN) Theory Page 14
K ec (Q / A) 2 S ec = x 2 g
(5-21)
After making the above substitutions into equation 5-14 the combined momentum/continuity partial differential equation as used in the ETRAN module is:
2 Q g n Q V A Q 2 A gAH + 2 V + t t A 2 x x R4/3 A V 2 K ee Q V + K ec + =0 2 x 2 x
(5-22)
Qt + t = Qt +
g n 2 V Qt + t
t V
t g A
A t T [ H dn H up ] L
(5-23)
where, g, n, R, A = are defined in Table 5-5 or equation 5-18, t = the current time step, t+ t = the new time step, Hdn = water surface evaluation at the downstream end of the conduit, Hup = water surface evaluation at the upstream end of the conduit, Adn = cross section area at the downstream end of the conduit, Aup = cross section area at the upstream end of the conduit, L = length of the conduit (ft or m)
t+t = the sum of the current time step plus the last time step t = the current time step (seconds)
(5-24)
the flow is normal. Q is the flow as calculated in equation 5-23, Qnorm is the flow calculated y equation 5-25 and So is the bed slope of the conduit, and H is the water surface slope. The Hydraulics layer then will use the normal flow equation based on Mannings equation:
23
(5-25)
Aup and Rup are the cross sectional area and hydraulic radius at the upstream end of the conduit. Normal flow is labeled with an asterisk in the intermediate printout and the conduit summary lists the number of minutes the normal flow assumption is used for each conduit.
(5-26)
where, = time weight parameter, H = junction head, Q = junction inflows and outflows, A = junction surface area, n = counter for the last time step, and n+1 = the counter for the new time step which in its FDE form solves for the junction depths at each time step of the simulation. The new time step solution is found when all the estimated conduit flows and junction depths satisfy the convergence criterion as given in the Hydraulics Job Control Parameters (SURJUN for depths, and parameter SURTOL for conduit flows. This convergence criterion used for junction depths at each time step is:
n +1
(5-27)
The conduit convergence criterion for flow at each time step is:
Q n+1 Q n Qref
SURTOL
(5-28)
At each iteration there are bounds placed on the estimate of Qn+1, see equation 5-29. This controls possible oscillations or instabilities in the flows.
values for SURTOL are 0.0025 and 0.0010 for most simulations. If a conduit with an extremely large cross sectional area (> 10000 ft2 or 1000 m2) is connected to a small conduit smaller values of SURTOL will be required. The parameter ITMAX defines the number of iterations that are allowed before convergence fails. However, ~ before the value of ITMAX is reached the underrelaxation parameter omega changes value as calculated in the following set of equations: 1st Iteration Qn+l = Qn 2nd Iteration Qn+l = Qn+l/2 Qn+l = Qn+l + (1-) Qn+l/2
t =
x V + gD
(5-30)
t =
x A V + g T
(5-31)
All unsteady flow models must satisfy the implicit model time step limitation:
t =
x V
(5-32)
conduit generator that lengthens short pipes to enhance the stability of the modeled system and allow longer time steps. The Hydraulics layer will create equivalent longer conduits that have the same cross sectional area and head loss to mimic the head loss and function of the short conduits. The user of the model can control the length of all conduits and created V pipes with the use of one input parameter "MODIFY CONDUITS" in the Hydraulics Job Control. The conduit is lengthened with a smaller Manning's "n". This is accomplished by relating the Manning's equation for the prototype and the new equivalent conduit:
(1 / n p ) Ap R p
Ae = Ap Re = R p
2/3
S p = (1 / ne ) Ae Re
2/3
Se
(5-33)
The following assumptions are made to yield a predictive equation for the new conduit length and roughness:
Se = S p = H L / L (1 / n p ) S p = (1 / ne ) S e
The new equivalent conduit length for enclosed and open conduits, respectively, is:
(5-34)
(5-35)
Le = 2 t gD Le = 2 t g A T
(5-36)
ne = n p
Lp Le
(5-37)
where, L = pipe length, g = gravitational acceleration, D = current pipe depth, V = average conduit velocity, A = conduit cross-sectional area, and T = width of the conduit An additional aid in the selection of an appropriate time step is the diagnostic conduit summary now printed at the end of a Hydraulics simulation. This table lists the average courant number C# time step for each conduit and the length of time in minutes DELT exceeded the C# for each conduit. Sensitive conduits will have the smallest time step and may be modified by using an equivalent pipe to enhance stability and increase the time step. Alternatively, the time step may be lowered to achieve the same ends. Module 5: XP-SWMM2000 Hydraulics (EXTRAN) Theory Page 18
1 2 3 4 5
Table 5-7: Special Pipe Flow Considerations in Hydraulics (EXTRAN) The invert elevations of pipes which join at a node may be different since sewers are frequently built with invert discontinuities Critical depth may occur in the conduit and thereby restrict the discharge. Normal depth may control. The pipe may be dry. The St. Venant equations may be superceded by either a rating curve equation, power function conduit, flow regulator or user defined weir equation.
In all of these cases listed in Table 5-7, or combination of cases, the flow must be computed by special techniques. Figure 5-4 shows each of the possibilities and describes the way in which surface area is assigned to the nodes. These options are listed in Table 5-8. 1 2 3 4 5 6 Table 5-8. Pipe Flow Cases in Hydraulics (EXTRAN) Normal case. Flow computed from motion equation. Half of surface area assigned to each node. Critical depth downstream. Use lesser of critical or normal depth downstream. Assign all surface area to upstream node. Critical depth upstream. Use critical depth. Assign all surface area to downstream node. Flow computed exceeds flow at critical depth. Set flow to normal value. Assign surface area in usual manner as in case Dry pipe. Set flow to zero. If any surface area exists, assign to downstream node. Through use of Configuration Parameters the program may supercede the second through fourth situations and the model will only use the first situation.
Once these depth and surface area corrections are applied, the computations of head and discharge can proceed in the normal way for the current time-step. Note that any of these special situations may begin and end at various times and places during simulation. The Hydraulics layer detects these automatically in Subroutine HEAD. The Hydraulics layer now prints a summary of the special hydraulic cases shown in Table 5-8. Subroutine OUTPUT prints the time in minutes that a conduit was: (1) dry (depth less than 0.0001 (ft or m), (2) normal, (3) critical upstream, and (4) critical downstream. It should be noted that these designations refer strictly to the assignment of upstream and downstream nodal surface area and conduit depths.
Open the file named FLOOD.XP located in your workshop directory. This file consists of three small networks with the same inflow, same outlet boundary condition, and the same network physical characteristics. The only difference in the three networks is how surface flooding is handled in the model at the inflow nodes (1, 1a and 1b). As shown in the picture below node 1 is a regular Extran manhole, node 1a is a surface pond manhole, and node 1b is a sealed manhole.
Nodes 1, 1a and 1b each have the following user defined hydrograph. You can see this hydrograph by double-clicking on one of these nodes graphing the data under the user-defined hydrograph. The peak flow is 50 cms and lasts for one hour.
Junction Defaults
The Junction Defaults dialog contains the default surface area for a flooded node: Area = Coefficient e [exponent Ponded Depth] An equation with values such as: Area = 500.0 e [1e-09 Ponded Depth] means you are using a cylindrical shape for the flooded node. This would be the best shape for controlling any continuity errors generated using the surface ponds. An equation such as: Area = 5000.0 e [1.0 Ponded Depth] means you are using a saucer shape for the flooded node.
Solve the model and review the model results in two stages: First highlight nodes 1, 1a, and 1b and review the results. The peak elevation of 110 meters at node 1 means that the water surface has reached the ground elevation. The excess water is lost out of the top of the manhole. The water surface at node 1a reached 115+ meters because the excess water filled up the surface storage area. The water surface at node 1b reaches 115+ meters because the increased head at node 1b routes the excess flow downstream.
Secondly, review the flow in conduits 3, 3a, and 3b. The flow in conduits 3 and 3a are the same because the upstream head is the same in both conduits - 110 meters. The head at the flooded node is restricted to the ground elevation even though the water surface elevation is much higher. You may need to view separately the conduits labeled sub and trap within the multi-link.
*===================================================* | Table E3a - Junction Data | *===================================================* Inp Junction Ground Crown Invert Qinst Num Name Elevation Elevation Elevation cms --- ---------------- --------- --------- -------1 1 110. 101. 100. 0.000 2 2 110. 101. 99.0 0.000 3 4 110. 100. 98.0 0.000 4 1b 110. 102. 100. 0.000 5 2b 110. 101. 99.0 0.000 6 4b 110. 100. 98.0 0.000 7 1a 110. 102. 100. 0.000 8 2a 110. 101. 99.0 0.000 9 4a 110. 100. 98.0 0.000 *===================================================* | Table E3b - Junction Data | *===================================================* Inp Junction X Y Num Name Coord. Coord. Type of Manhole --- -------------- -------------------1 1 -1.10 476. No Ponding 2 2 19.0 457. No Ponding 3 4 40.0 439. No Ponding 4 1b 20.8 498. Sealed Manhole 5 2b 40.0 479. No Ponding 6 4b 60.2 459. No Ponding 7 1a 19.5 478. Flooded Ponding 8 2a 39.5 458. No Ponding 9 4a 60.3 439. No Ponding
Initial Depth-mt -------0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
Type of Inlet -----------Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet Normal Inlet
Table E3 in the output file will list the ground elevation, invert elevation, instantaneous inflow, the x-y coordinates, and the type of manhole.
*=====================================================* | Table E20 - Junction Flooding and Volume Listing. | | The maximum volume is the total volume | | in the node including the volume in the | | flooded storage area. This is the max | | volume at any time. The volume in the | | flooded storage area is the total volume| | above the ground elevation, where the | | flooded pond storage area starts. | | The fourth column is instantaneous, the fifth is the| | sum of the flooded volume over the entire simulation| | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 depending on the units.| *=====================================================* Out of System Flooded Volume --------75224.2339 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 18016.3008 0.0000 0.0000 17226.2201 0.0000 Stored in System Ponding Allowed Flood Pond Volume ----------------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 1990.1378 0.0000 0.0000 4684.3912 0.0000 0.0000
Surcharged Time (min) ---------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 98.0667 71.7143 0.0000 101.2000 69.3571 0.0000
Flooded Time(min) --------96.9667 0.0000 0.0000 98.0667 68.2857 0.0000 101.2000 65.3571 0.0000
Maximum Volume --------12.0000 8.0853 2.4000 18.5784 13.2000 2.4000 2743.4666 13.2000 2.4000
Table E20 will inform you the amount of water lost from the manhole (node 1), the amount of storage in the surface pond (node 1a), and the storage in the sealed manhole (node 1b).
*========================================================* | T i m e H i s t o r y o f t h e H. G. L. (meters) | *========================================================* Max Ground Elevation: 110.00 Time Max Crown Elevation: 101.92 Junction:1a Hr:Mn:Sc Elevation Depth Totl Area Node Area Volume Inflow Outflow -------- ------------- --------- --------- -------------- ------0 1 0 100.35 0.35 540.0 1.200 0.4178 0.6667 0.3305 0 2 0 100.57 0.57 1206. 1.200 0.6891 1.333 1.430 0 3 0 100.56 0.56 625.2 1.200 0.6742 2.000 2.140 0 4 0 100.61 0.61 552.8 1.200 0.7331 2.667 2.674 0 5 0 100.70 0.70 570.9 1.200 0.8437 3.333 3.346 0 6 0 100.77 0.77 582.6 1.200 0.9231 4.000 4.046 0 7 0 100.83 0.83 492.4 1.200 0.9910 4.667 4.706 0 8 0 100.87 0.87 496.5 1.200 1.049 5.333 5.275 0 9 0 100.94 0.94 499.6 1.200 1.125 6.000 5.971 0 10 0 100.99 0.99 500.8 1.200 1.189 6.667 6.636 0 11 0 101.05 1.05 500.7 1.200 1.257 7.333 7.302 0 12 0 101.10 1.10 498.6 1.200 1.322 8.000 7.970 0 13 0 101.16 1.16 495.2 1.200 1.387 8.667 8.637 0 14 0 101.21 1.21 490.5 1.200 1.455 9.333 9.305 0 15 0 101.27 1.27 483.7 1.200 1.521 10.00 9.971
The time history of the depths and elevations in a node now include the total area, the nodal area, the total volume, the inflow to the node and the outflow from the node. This table can be copied and pasted into a spreadsheet for further analysis. The units will be either feet, square feet and cubic feet or meters, square meters and cubic meters depending on the type of units in your model. Module 7: Surface Flooding in XP-SWMM2000s Hydraulics layer Page 5
Each of the trapezoids is 0.5 meter deep, 100 meters long and have conduit inverts dropping from 109.5 meters to 109 meters.
Solve the model and review links 3, 3a, and 3b. Look at the flow in two links at a time. There will be flow in all six conduits as shown below. The flow in the overland trapezoids will not start until the water surface elevation reaches 109.5 meters. The flow in conduit subb will be under pressure from the sealed manhole while the flow depth in trapezoid trapb will only reach 0.5 meters or the maximum depth of the conduit.
The flow in conduits sub and trap mimic the shape of the inflow hydrograph because the excess inflow is lost through the top of manhole 1.
The flow in suba and trapa are steady because the water surface elevation in node 1a had not gone below the ground elevation before the simulation ended. Each output file has a Table E15 that contains the maximum flow in the conduits and the maximum water surface elevation in each of the junctions. This table will contain a sample of each time step so it is the correct maximum value during the simulation.
*=========================================================* | Table E15 - SPREADSHEET INFO LIST | | Conduit Flow and Junction Depth Information for use in | | spreadsheets. The maximum values in this table are the | | true maximum values because they sample every time step.| | The values in the review results may only be the | | maximum of a subset of all the time steps in the run. | | Note: These flows are only the flows in a single barrel.| *=========================================================* Conduit Maximum Name Flow ------- --------5 26.58725 5b 44.70869 5a 34.09580 sub 21.42931 trap 6.356542 subb 36.94853 trapb 16.11513 suba 30.94104 trapa 5.119017 FREE # 1 26.70453 FREE # 2 44.70869 FREE # 3 34.25817 Total Flow --------232883.6 334433.8 321357.6 187138.9 45805.18 274870.0 80720.44 279484.0 42607.26 232926.3 334457.3 321362.6 Maximum Velocity -------8.461863 14.22937 10.85170 9.740829 6.601415 11.76113 9.229734 9.850474 5.315688 0.0000000 0.0000000 0.0000000 ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## ## Junction Name -------1 2 4 1b 2b 4b 1a 2a 4a Invert Elevation --------100.0000 99.00000 98.00000 100.0000 99.00000 98.00000 100.0000 99.00000 98.00000 Maximum Elevation -------110.0000 103.5380 100.0000 115.9570 110.0000 100.0000 220.5480 105.8143 100.0000
The context for the SWMM configuration parameter is simply the word SENSE, which means to perform the sensitivity analysis, and the sensitivity value following the equals sign in the word. A value of 0.25 means that each of the 11 watershed parameters are modified by + and 25 percent. Twenty two new watersheds are created by the model with the only difference being either a 25 percent increase or a 25 percent decrease in one parameter from the data in watershed water.
Table R10 summarizes the results of the automatic sensitivity analysis run by the model. The sensitivity is ranked based on the total flow and the peak flow from a watershed. For example, in the above table the most sensitive parameter for both total flow and peak flow is the area of the watershed. The second infiltration parameter is more sensitive for the peak flow.
#################################################### # Table R10. Sensitivity anlysis for Subcatchments # #################################################### Total Flow Ratio to Base Watershed Watershed Flow ============ ============== water#1 1.00 area+0.25 25.2 area-0.25 -25.2 imp+0.25 23.8 imp-0.25 -23.8 width+0.25 0.165 width-0.25 -0.229 slope+0.25 0.835E-01 slope-0.25 -0.112 impdep+0.25 -0.996E-01 impdep-0.25 0.989E-01 perdep+0.25 -0.674 perdep-0.25 0.833 impn+0.25 0.690E-02 impn-0.25 -0.138E-01 pern+0.25 -0.183 pern-0.25 0.225 imp1+0.25 -0.892 imp1-0.25 1.63 imp2+0.25 -2.67 imp2-0.25 6.71 imp3+0.25 -0.894 imp3-0.25 1.63 Peak Flow Ratio to Base Total Flow Peak Flow Watershed Flow Classification Classification Parameter ============== ============== ============== ============== 1.00 base watershed base watershed base watershed 26.4 extra sensitive extra sensitive area increase + -26.4 extra sensitive extra sensitive area decrease 14.5 extra sensitive extra sensitive impervious + -15.2 extra sensitive extra sensitive impervious 1.13 less sensitive less sensitive width + -1.85 less sensitive less sensitive width 0.598 not sensitive less sensitive slope + -0.873 less sensitive less sensitive slope -0.868E-13 not sensitive not sensitive impvr ds + 0.108E-12 not sensitive not sensitive imprv ds -1.71 less sensitive less sensitive perv ds + 1.11 less sensitive less sensitive perv ds -0.113E-02 not sensitive not sensitive impvr n + 0.288E-03 not sensitive not sensitive imprv n -1.40 less sensitive less sensitive perv n + 1.40 less sensitive less sensitive perv n -3.91 less sensitive sensitive 1st infiltr + 3.57 less sensitive sensitive 1st infiltr -18.7 sensitive extra sensitive 2nd infiltr + 13.9 very sensitive extra sensitive 2nd infiltr -3.92 less sensitive sensitive 3rd infiltr + 3.58 less sensitive sensitive 3rd infiltr
The Sub-Catchment dialog allows the selection of the Runoff generation (routing) method. Each subcatchment may use a different method. The Unit Hydrograph allows a further selection of Unit Hydrograph methods shown later in this tutorial.
The SBUH method uses the CN (from 1 to 100) to estimate the rainfall excess that is routed through the inflow outflow equation of the SBUH. The CN is entered here. The program ignores the infiltration database for this method.
The SCS unit hydrograph will use a CN and a shape factor that ranges from 50 to 950 to route the rainfall excess through a unit hydrograph. The unit hydrograph may have a curvilinear or triangular shape. The initial abstraction may be either a depth or calculated as a fraction * S, where S is calculated based on the CN.
The Rational method uses the runoff coefficient to calculate the runoff using a triangular unit hydrograph twice the width of the time of concentration. The infiltration loss is 1 - the runoff coefficient. You will have to enter an infiltration database that is ignored in the Rational method hydrology.
The Laurenson method uses ten cascading storage boxes to estimate the flow from a watershed. The flow is predicted based on the storage. Any infiltration method may be used with the Laurenson method.
Solve the model and review the results. You can see the general shape of the predicted hydrograph in these graphs.
################################################## # Table R9. Summary Statistics for Subcatchments # ################################################## Note: Total Runoff Depth includes pervious & impervious area Pervious and Impervious Runoff Depth is only the runoff from those two areas. Subcatchment........... RUNOFF#1 timearea#1 SCS#1 LAURENSON#1 Area (acres)........... 15.00000 15.00000 15.00000 15.00000 Percent Impervious..... 40.00000 40.00000 40.00000 40.00000 Total Rainfall (in).... 8.00000 8.00000 8.00000 8.00000 Max Intensity (in/hr).. 28.79297 28.79297 28.79297 28.79297 Pervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 3.20569 6.84502 3.56246 7.13483 Total Losses (in)...... 2.65718 1.15498 2.06257 0.85307 Remaining Depth (in)... 0.00000 0.00000 0.00000 0.01209 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 63.23201 116.62831 67.25294 223.54351 Total Impervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 2.13713 7.62943 2.37497 7.95336 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 42.15467 78.33448 44.83529 148.73235 Impervious Area with depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.00000 5.72208 0.00000 5.96640 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.00000 58.75086 0.00000 111.97384 Impervious Area without depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.00000 1.90736 0.00000 1.98697 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.00000 19.58362 0.00000 36.75851 Total Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 5.34282 7.15879 5.93743 7.46225 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 105.38668 194.96279 112.08823 372.27586 Unit Runoff (in/hr).... 7.02578 12.99752 7.47255 24.81839
The physical data of the runoff watershed is now connected to three global databases: infiltration, rainfall and groundwater. The check box for groundwater should be turned on to simulate the groundwater.
The rainfall is located in a variable rainfall database and looks like the graph shown at the top. The groundwater data consists of two zones: (1) a saturated zone with a flow connection to a channel, node, pipe or out of the model, and (2) an unsaturated zone that uses infiltration from the surface runoff, percolation to the saturated zone and evaporation. The unsaturated zone may fill up and cause the infiltration from the surface layer of the watershed to stop.
The other main portions of the groundwater are the infiltration and evapo-transpiration data. The infiltration data is similar to the Green-Ampt infiltration data in the surface layer of the watershed.
Solve the model and look at the output using the NOTEPAD icon. The 5.3 inches of infiltration are not lost from the system but infiltrate to the unsaturated zone in the groundwater layer.
************************************************************ * Table R5. CONTINUITY CHECK FOR SURFACE WATER * * Any continuity error can be fixed by lowering the * * wet and transition time step. The transition time * * should not be much greater than the wet time step. * ************************************************************ Total Precipitation (Rain plus Snow) Total Infiltration Total Evaporation Surface Runoff from Watersheds Total Water remaining in Surface Storage Infiltration over the Pervious Area... -------Infiltration + Evaporation + Surface Runoff + Snow removal + Water remaining in Surface Storage + Water remaining in Snow Cover......... Total Precipitation + Initial Storage. The error in continuity is calculated as *************************************** * Precipitation + Initial Snow Cover * * - Infiltration * *Evaporation - Snow removal * *Surface Runoff from Watersheds * *Water in Surface Storage * *Water remaining in Snow Cover * *-------------------------------------* * Precipitation + Initial Snow Cover * *************************************** Percent Continuity Error............... cubic feet 1.089000E+07 9.790791E+06 6.465938E+04 5.164241E+05 5.182907E+05 9.790791E+06
Inches over Total Basin 6.000 5.394 0.036 0.285 0.286 5.994
1.089016E+07 1.089000E+07
6.000 6.000
-0.002
The mass balance of the groundwater layer is in table R7 of the output file. The storage increased due to the infiltration gain and a small flow of 1.66 inches out of the system.
**************************************************** * Table R7. Continuity Check for Subsurface Water * **************************************************** cubic feet Total Infiltration Total Upper Zone ET Total Lower Zone ET Total Groundwater flow Total Deep percolation Initial Subsurface Storage Final Subsurface Storage Upper Zone ET over Pervious Area Lower Zone ET over Pervious Area Infiltration + Initial Storage Final Storage, Upper and Lower Zone ET, Groundwater Flow, Deep Percolation ****************************************** * Infiltration + Initial Storage - Final * * Storage - Upper and Lower Zone ET * * Groundwater Flow - Deep Percolation * * -------------------------------------- * * Infiltration + Initial Storage * ****************************************** Percent Continuity Error.................. 9.790791E+06 1.679442E+05 1.227368E+05 3.015116E+06 1.418682E+05 1.607244E+08 1.670826E+08 1.679442E+05 1.227368E+05 Inches over Subsurface Basin 5.394 0.093 0.068 1.661 0.078 88.553 92.057 0.103 0.075 93.948 93.956
-0.009
Review the results of the simulation. The flow in node GW is only the surface flow - not the sum of the surface flow and groundwater flow.
The flow in conduit channel is the sum of the surface flow and subsurface flow from node GW. If the flow had drained to node GW, then the surface and subsurface flow would have been added together as the outflow of node GW.
To show the sensitivity of the groundwater flow equation; change the value of A1 to 0.05 in the flow equation power function. Solve the model and review the results of the conduit channel. The flow will look unstable on the later part of the recession curve.
Proportional Loss Proportional loss is modeled as Horton infiltration with a decay rate of 1.0. The only value used in proportional loss is the max infiltration rate. In this example 20 percent of the rainfall ends up as infiltration.
The Calibrate node should have 3 active sub-catchments. The values in these sub-catchments are multipliers times the Runoff parameters. The first sub-catchment values are for multipliers on the Area, Imp%, Width and Slope as the fields show. The second sub-catchment has multipliers on the Impervious and Pervious depression storages and roughness. The third sub-catchment has multipliers for the 3 infiltration parameters. Shown on the next page is a very small multiplier effectively eliminating the infiltration on the pervious area since a zero value is not allowed.
So, if you want to model on subsequent runs no infiltration and normal infiltration simply change the values in the calibrate node from 1 to very small values such as is shown above. Below is a portion of the output file showing you that the losses on the pervious area are negligible for the case when small values are used as multipliers on infiltration variables. Subcatchment........... 102#1 101#1 Area (acres)........... 0.35200 1.15700 Percent Impervious..... 31.00000 35.90000 Total Rainfall (in).... 1.18220 1.18220 Max Intensity (in/hr).. 3.99720 3.99720 Pervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 1.00857 0.99349 Total Losses (in)...... 0.00423 0.00439 Remaining Depth (in)... 0.16940 0.18432 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.72687 2.07930 Total Impervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 1.13468 1.13699 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.43935 1.67238 Impervious Area with depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.84552 0.84650 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.32951 1.25428 Impervious Area without depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.28915 0.29049 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.10984 0.41809 Total Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 1.04766 1.04501 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 1.16622 3.75168 Unit Runoff (in/hr).... 3.31314 3.24259
Q = CIA
Where, C = Runoff Coefficient, a fraction between 0 and 1, dimensionless I = Intensity from a Rainfall Intensity Frequency Duration Graph (IDF Curve), in/hr or mm/hr A = Area of the drainage basin, acres or hectares This formula yields the maximum flow expected at the point in the network with contributing area A upstream. The intensity is selected from a given return period curve using the time of concentration to the point for the duration on the graph. Module 15: Rational Formula Method in XP-SWMM - Page 1
Load the file Rational Formula Hydrology.XP. Double-click on the node N1 to see the data required. The implementation of the Rational method in XP-SWMM uses only the Area from the Runoff Node dialog and the width parameter as the duration of the generated hydrograph, all other values from this dialog are ignored in the analysis. However, in order to satisfy the requirements of the expert system that checks data entry there must be valid values for the other fields. Using a value of 0 for % Impervious and 1 for Slope is typical and will suffice for satisfying the requirement of valid values in these fields. Clicking on the Sub-catchment flag will display the dialog below which allows the selection of hydrology method and the rainfall and infiltration global database records.
The infiltration parameters of the Infiltration Global Database record are not used with this method so a record called Not Applicable has been used so that no confusion arises with any other record used here. The Rainfall record entitled Rational Intensity is where the program will read the intensity, I for the rational formula. The time of concentration entered in the Unit Hydrograph dialog is no longer used to index into the rainfall record as it did pre version 9.0. Therefore the record should contain the intensity required for a given return period and time of concentration. The second method discussed in this tutorial will outline the automation of using the rational method with IDF curves and automatically calculating Tc for a given return period. Note: In order to obtain the results in version 9.0 and later the configuration parameter OLD_RAT must be included in the configuration parameters dialog. The rainfall record entitled Rational Intensity is shown on the next page. Graph the rainfall to see the intensity and duration.
In this case C is 0.68, I is 4.3 inches per hour and A is 12.25 acres which yields a value of 35.819 cfs. The graphic below shows the resulting hydrograph produced by XP-SWMM. The hydrograph is not exactly 35.819 because of the conversion with units using cfs for flow and inches per hour for rainfall and acres for area. The conversion factor is actually 1.00833 and is normally omitted in hand calculations using the formula but included in the precision used by XP-SWMM. Solve the model by selecting the Space Shuttle icon or Solve from the Analyze menu. F5 a keyboard equivalent can also be selected. Review results on the node to see the hydrograph generated.
Using an interface file or the new Simultaneous solving of Runoff and Hydraulics will allow these flows to be passed to the Hydraulics layer for an automated pipe design. The next few pages outline some of the features of the new Rational Method added to XP-SWMM and XPStorm Version 9.0. It is a more comprehensive solution generating a ramped hydrograph with peaks equal to the rational formula. It automatically determines the rainfall intensity from IFD/IDF tables or equations and TC values.
Method 2: Rational Formula Method: Only a very brief example is presented in this module showing a comparison of this method the one shown previously. Open the file Rational Formula Method.XP. This method of Rational Formula is activated by selecting Rational Hydrology in the Runoff Job Control.
Select Rational Formula from the Runoff Job Control. The selection of intensity-duration method and runoff coefficient method is a Rational Method global database. Many methods are supported including some regional methods for Australia and Alameda County in the USA. In this example we will show an IDF Table and Direct method for calculating runoff coefficients.
Selecting edit will show the selection of methods allowed and the data used in this example.
The rainfall intensity table and direct selection of runoff coefficient used here are shown below:
In the previous method the duration of the hydrograph was controlled by the number of minutes entered in the Width field. In this case it is ignored along with all the fields excluding the area. The duration of the hydrograph is defined in the Rational Formula dialog with the remaining parameters.
Select the Rational Formula routing method in the Subcatchment Dialog. No Rainfall or Infiltration records are required as shown on the next page.
The Rational Formula Hydrology is calculated by determining the time of concentration Tc from the input below and then using that value to obtain the critical rainfall intensity for the selected return period. The resulting hydrograph is shown on the next page.
The resulting hydrograph ramps up to a steady value over a period equal to the calculated Tc. The duration is equal to the lessor of the Runoff duration or the entered time of constant flow from the previous dialog (1440 minutes).
The CUHP Hydrograph File option is used to create an XP-SWMM2000 XPX file from CUHP hydrograph (HYD) files. This XPX file has inflow hydrographs for use in the hydraulics layer of XP-SWMM2000. It will normally not be used and instead XP-SWMM2000 will be used to generate the CUHP flows which are stored more efficiently as interface files. The Create XP-SWMM XPX Inflow File option is used to create an XP-SWMM2000 XPX file from CUHP Hydrograph (HYD) Files where the file name is different from the Network file name. The Create XP-SWMM Interface File option is used to create an XP-SWMM2000 Interface file from CUHP Hydrograph (HYD) Files but again, this option will normally not be used and XP-SWMM2000 will be used to generate the CUHP flows. The second step is to load XP-SWMM2000 and create a new XP file (the data can also be imported into an existing XP file. Select Import Data from the file menu and select the file pin-test.xpx.
Module 16-1
Select Import and the result will appear as shown below. All the nodes and links are part of the HRD layer.
Module 16-2
The nodes only, must be added to the RNF (runoff) layer. To do this change to the RNF select all nodes and add to the current layer. Make sure the CUHP button is on (depressed). If the CUHP button is not available check to ensure the line CUHP=ON is in the [config] section of the SWMXP.INI file.
Module 16-3
Q = CIA
Where, C = Runoff Coefficient, a fraction between 0 and 1, dimensionless I = Intensity from a Rainfall Intensity Frequency Duration Graph (IDF Curve), in/hr or mm/hr A = Area of the drainage basin, acres or hectares Module 17: Rational Formula with IDF Curves in XP-SWMM - Page 1
This formula yields the maximum flow expected at the point in the network with contributing area A upstream. The intensity is selected from a given return period curve using the time of concentration to the point for the duration on the graph. Load the file RationalFormulawithIDF.XP. Got to the Runoff Job Control by selecting Configuration->Job Control->Runoff. Select the Rational Formula as shown below and you will see the Rational Formula Settings dialog also shown below.
This dialog allows the selection of the Rational Formula method, the C value to use for impervious surfaces, and the return period to analyze. Edit the Rational Formula record labeled City of Edmonton. The options chosen are an IDF Table for the Intensity-Duration method and a direct calculation of the runoff coefficient.
Editing these settings reveals the IDF table and the impervious area runoff coefficient The values of each of these choices is shown below.
XP-SWMM uses the data in the IDF table above to produce an internal table of intensity for return periods from 5 minutes to 4320. This internal table is used to extract using linear interpolation the required intensity for the calculated or directly entered time of concentration. Double-click on the node N1 to see the data required at the node level. This new implementation of the Rational method in XP-SWMM uses the Area , % impervious and slope fields (Tc calculations only) from the Runoff Node dialog and the width is ignored in the analysis. However, in order to satisfy the requirements of the expert system that checks data entry there must be valid values for all of the fields. Using a value of 1 for Width is typical and will suffice for satisfying the requirement of valid values in these fields.
Clicking on the Sub-catchment flag will display the dialog on the next page which allows the selection of hydrology method and the rainfall and infiltration global database records. These records are not required for the Rational Formula method. Module 17: Rational Formula with IDF Curves in XP-SWMM - Page 3
Selecting the Rational Formula brings up the dialog where the time of concentration can be calculated by many methods or directly entered as in this tutorial and the pervious area runoff coefficient C.
Solve the model as is to view the hydrograph for the 50 year return period as outlined above. Then review results on the node to see the calculated rainfall intensity and peak flow calculated by the program. These resulting hydrographs can then be read into a Hydraulics run for conduit design or analysis. The next page shows the resulting hydrograph produced by XP-SWMM and a second graph showing the result from a 100 year return period for the same input data.
Below is the rainfall data that was used for the creation of the IDF Table presented in an Excel graph.
Short Duration Rainfall Intensity-Duration-Frequency Data for Edmonton, Alberta
1000
100 2-yr Intensity, mm/hr 5-yr 10-yr 25-yr 50-yr 100-yr 200-yr 10
(c) Once you have done the above, a toolbar with the LACH Procedure status will be displayed on starting the application. This toolbar needs to be tagged in the job you would like to use the LACH Procedure.
Worked Example 1
This exercise illustrates how to create a hydrology simulation using the LA Procedure. IT assumes that you have an existing MORA location file [corresponding rain and soil file database supplied].
Step 1
Set the current mode to RNF and ensure that the LA Procedure is Active by tagging the LACH toolbar item to ON.
Step 2
Create a new XP File (Use Setup Wizard) and accept the default data. The simulation end times are not applicable to a LA storm as it is analyzed as either a 24Hr or 4 Day storm. The simulation start is relevant for a LA storm (graphing purposes). The simulation details will be important when using XP-SWMMs hydraulic layer.
You can then select the rainfall, soil databases. Also import the table setting for data viewing and input. These files will be shipped in the templates directory.
There are also options to setup default data but ignore these for the moment.
Step 3
Edit the RNF Job Control Dialog
The default simulation is for a 24 hr Run with 100% of the rainfall used. For the 4 day simulation run the rainfall percentages are 10% for the first day, 50% for the second day, 85% for the third day and 185% for the fourth day. The day percentages are accumulated. The rainfall and soil database have been preloaded by using the wizard to create the job.
Step 4
Now load the LA Location file which contains all the 005/006 cards. This is usually the main MORA input file. On reading the file the all the data read will be displayed in spreadsheet view
Creating the network will import all the location points and connections into the XP database. As the network is imported with no co-ordinate information the locations of all the basins and pipes will not be correct.
Step 5 (optional)
The correct location points can be read in from most GIS databases and any ODBC compliant database as long as you have the drivers loaded on your system. XP offers direct connection to Dbase (used by Arcview 3.x), MS Excel and MS Access. The section Import/Export External Databases in the XP-SWMM help outlines the procedure to import data from external databases. Select the nodes dbase file and choose import only. Choose the option Import Data Only and the choose Update Existing Objects only. and in this case COMNAME is the field where all the names are stored.
Map the x and y co-ord to XP fields Press Import to import all the co-ordinate information
Step 6
The data for sub areas can viewed by double-clicking the appropriate node sub area. Subarea data can be created at any node element.
The data for confluences can be viewed by double-clicking the appropriate link element.
Similarly the diversion can be viewed by double-clicking the appropriate diversion element (dash line object).
The data can also be viewed and modified in the predefined tables
Step 7
The data should essentially be now all imported and ready for analyse. You may still have some object co-ordinates not located correctly. You could manually correct this in XP or fix the external database information and re-import the co-ordinates. The internal LA ids are generated when the model is analysed.
You can now save and solve the model and view the requested hydrographs. These hydrographs are also now available to be used the hydraulics layer (via the interface files)
After selecting nodes 1 and 2 and conduit 3, select the Review Results Icon. The first thing you will see in review results is a series of graphs showing the water surface elevation at all of the nodes selected. The software will display up to 16 graphs per page and use multiple pages if more than 16 are selected. If you have correctly selected the link and nodes mentioned above you should see two graphs of stage vs. time for the nodes since two nodes were in the selection set. The Review Results portion of XP-SWMM2000 has its own Tool Strip, which is shown below. The Icons from left to right are: First Page, Back One Page, Forward One Page, Last Page, Show Nodes, Show Conduits, Show Diversions (Pumps, Weirs, Orifices), Options Dialog, Print Dialog, Zoom, and the remaining 4 icons are to Show Runoff, Sanitary, Hydraulics, or Water Quality Results.
Selecting the Options Icon will allow the user to select from several user-defined choices for the number of graphs per page. Use the icons on the tool strip to control the object viewed and to page through the graphs. Click on the conduit icon to view the flows in the conduits. A conduit graph will show the time series of flows and velocities in the bottom portion of the graph and the time series of the upstream and downstream node water surface elevations in the upper portion of the graph.
Use the command View=>Options or the Options Icon on the Toolstrip to load the Options Dialog shown below. This is where you can control the number of graphs and filter the information shown. Double-Clicking
on a graph brings up the main Customization of the graphs for items such as titles, fonts, colors etc. More controls for Graphing can be found by Right-Mouse-Clicking on the Graph to obtain the following popup dialog: This dialog allows you to control the appearance of the plotted data and the graph such as the appearance of points and labels for every data point or formatting a grid as well as a link to the Export Dialog shown below. This dialog allows the user to export the graph as a graphic of user defined size or export the data that has been used in the production of the graph. Use a right-mouse-click and select the Export Dialog item from the pop-up menu. The select Text/Data Only and Clipboard radio buttons to see the two dialogs shown below.
Select the Export button with All data, Data and Labels, List, Tab Delimited, and Current precision as shown in the dialog on the previous page. Module 20: Review Results Page 3
Switch to an application such as Excel or other spreadsheet that can accept the clipboard contents and choose paste. The resultant formatted list is shown below in Microsoft Excel.
Special Note: XP-SWMM2000 has a default of up to 500 data points to be stored for Review Results and Long Section Plotting (see Module 21). This is only a graphing anomaly and does not effect the computations of the simulation. This means that simulations with more than 500 time steps will not have every simulated time step show in the Review Results graphs and when the data is exported it will also contain up to 500 points. For simulations with more than 500 points the software will store every 2nd point or every 3rd or 4th Nth point to ensure a uniform step in the graphing. It is possible for the software to display a maximum from the sampled set in the graph that does not correspond exactly with the output file or other reporting methods in XPSWMM2000. This is a result of the sampled set not capturing the time step that generated the maximum. The maximum displayed by Review Results is from its sampled series. Users can override the amount of data stored by using the Configuration Parameter MAXPTS=X, where X is a user defined number greater than 500 i.e. 2000, 10000. This allows up to "X" points to be stored and displayed. Users should be cautioned not to use a very high number for large models since the files stored will become very large and the performance of the graphing routine will be compromised. Typically up to 5000 or 10000 points for models fewer than 200 objects is manageable.
This is the icon for Long Section Plotting tool. This tool may also be invoked by selecting the menu Tools=>Long Section Plot The Long Section Plotting tool can only plot a single series of conduits and diversions. No branching can be displayed and only one conduit or diversion at a time from a multi-conduit can be shown and animated. Select the multi-conduit "3" from nodes 1 to 2 section of the network.
The long section plotting of multi-conduits has two "Plot" buttons that define which row and which column will be plotted. The radio button "Plot" to the left defines which row will be plotted. The plot button at the bottom right determines which column will be plotted. The Plot dialog defines the column to be plotted and the length for the graphical representation the length of a a pump, orifice or weir. This length is not used in the model calculations. The long section plotting can only plot a straight series of connected conduits. Highlight node 1 on the screen. Then holding down the ctrl-shift keys together, click with the left mouse button on node 4. This should highlight all objects between nodes 1 and 4.
First dialog box you will see after clicking on the long section icon. It allows the user to insert an optional title and define the initial station and if the plot is oriented upstream or downstream.
The Long Section Plot tool has its own toolstrip, which is shown below. From left to right the icons are: Rewind to the Beginning Time Step, Back One Step, Pause, Forward One Step, Play, Stop, Speed Up, Slow Down, Redraw, Time Thumb, Zoom In, Zoom Out, Fit Window, Overview, Dynamic Cross-Section, Flow Time Series, Show/Hide Grid, Show/Hide Data, Show Flow, Show Velocity, Show Diameter, and Toggle Sound Effects.
Use the arrow icons to move through time in the replay of the simulation or slide the thumb. The clock icons speed up and slow down the replay while in play mode. The tool has an extra window by selecting the Overview Icon for easy zoom and pan. The hatched rectangle represents the current view and the entire pane the complete selected set of the network. Clicking and dragging on the handles of the rectangle can resize it, which is the equivalent of a zoom. Clicking and dragging inside of the rectangle can move it, which is the same as a pan. Pan and Zoom can also be accomplished by using the mouse and dragging and SHFT+ drag for zoom.
This tool has 3 primary windows plus the Overview window. All three windows for Flow vs. Time, Dynamic Long Section and Dynamic Cross Section remain synchronized when the animation is running. The water surface elevation is based on the elevations at the nodes it is displayed as a blue line. High water marks are left on the screen in magenta. Closed conduits show as a gray color with crown and invert shown. The ground elevation is marked in brown as is the entire depth of open channel conduits, from invert to ground elevation. Note: SWMM calculates and reports water elevations at nodes, and flows and velocities at the midpoint of conduits. The HGL that is drawn in the Long Section Plot tool is plotted by connecting the water elevations at the US and DS ends of the conduits by a straight line. Use caution when inferring water elevations at a specific point along a conduit.
Controls for customizing the Long Section Plots are contained under the command File=>Customize, which loads the dialog shown below.
The Plan Section tool loads up with all of the network elements. The interface for this tool is similar to the Long Section Plot tool with arrow icons to move the replay forward or backward in time. The clock icons either speed up or slow down the replay. The magnifying glass icons either magnify or shrink the view on the screen. The remaining icons toggle the items displayed between flows or velocities and water level.
Start the replay of the simulation plan view by clicking on the arrow icon; speed up the replay with the plus clock icon and stop the simulation with the stop replay icon. Colors show the magnitude of the flow and water surface elevation. Surface flooding is shown at node 1a by a wavy series of blue lines and a siren sound effect.
User controls consist of a user defined freeboard level, and modification of the color scheme colors shown on the screen can be customized by using the command File=>Customize. The Plan Section Configuration dialog is shown below.
Open up the file MASTER.XP in your work directory. The global data dialogs are accessed through the command Configuration=>Global Data. How to add a new database name to the record name list: 1. Select a Data Base Type by clicking on it; 2. Enter the name in the user entry box in the middle of the dialog below the Record Name list; 3. An optional description can be added in the description box; 4. Click on the ADD button to add the name to the Record Name list; 5. Click on the EDIT button to enter the global data for that record. The duplicate button copies the global database record in a new record name. For example, if you duplicate the database Chicago Storm the interface will make a new database called Chicago Storm.1. Later you can change the name using the Rename button. The copy button is used to copy a database between XP files. The procedure is to copy the database in one XP file. Close the current XP file; open up a new XP file; paste the global database into the new XP file using the PASTE command in the EDIT menu list. Module 23: Global Data Editing - Page 1
Edit the data by clicking with mouse on the EDIT button. There are five types of rainfall formats: 1. Rainfall data from the rainfall utility as an interface file; 2. Measured and design storm data in the constant time interval rainfall section; 3. Measured and design storm data in the variable rainfall section; 4. Tipping bucket raingage information; and 5. Rainfall Data of a user defined format on an external file.
The design storms in the MASTER.XP database are based on 1 inch or 1 mm of depth. Using the multiplier the user can get a desired depth that represents a rainfall depth for a given return period.
By toggling the check box for Projects and System Color the user can turn on and off these options in lieu of editing the SWMXP.INI file. For these changes to take effect the software must be restarted. The Limits and License Options section of the dialog comes from the SWMXP.CNF file. This file is not editable and contains your specific licensing information. By editing specific lines in the SWMXP.INI file the user can make the following useful changes: Section Main Config Line Description
EDITOR=NOTEPAD Change the default editor for browsing output files and viewing an error message. Default is NOTEPAD.EXE in XP-SWMM directory. SOLVE=DOS DOS: The model will use SWMM95R.EXE for solving, DLL: The model will use the SWMENG.DLL for solving, Note: use DOS option for the Calibration module. dd/mm/yy is the default. Users in the US can switch to mm/dd/yy from the international format.
Config
DATEFORMAT=
Now open up the file SOLVE.BAT using NOTEPAD. This batch file program will select the name of the .EXE file you want to use when the SOLVE=DOS option is selected in the swmxp.ini file.
XP-SWMM2000 can be customized to perform many commands at the time of a model solve by editing the SOLVE.BAT file. For example, at the end of a model solve a backup procedure could be implemented by adding a copy command after the swmm95r.exe line or another software program could be called to extract or manipulate XP-SWMM2000 results. Updates for the analysis engines (SWMM95R.EXE or SWMENG.DLL) can be obtained from XP Software or periodically by downloaded from the XP-SWMM2000 web site www.xp-swmm.com/. It is important to recognize that the SWMM95R.EXE is called from the batch file and that the SOLVE.BAT file is only used when the command SOLVE=DOS is present in the SWMXP.INI file and not disabled with a "#" comment indicator.
Go to the visual entity box of both Node Color and Node Size and use the suggest button. We will use these colors and node sizes.
The selection box for graphical encoding should now look like the dialog shown below. We are using the same variable for both Node Color and Node Size and using the suggested sizes and color ranges for the Visual Entity. We can save our selections to a file and then load then into a new .XP file using the SAVE and LOAD commands.
Use the Fill Nodes option and select the Legend dialog box. We will use a legend size of 0.1 inches along with the other options shown in the dialog below. If the legend size were too big then it would obscure the network.
Now that the variables have been defined and the legend activated click on the Encode button and you should see a similar screen to that shown below in which the big nodes have a larger freeboard value This page is left intentionally blank.
Go to the visual entity box of both Node Color and Node Size and use the suggest button. We will use these colors and node sizes.
The selection box for graphical encoding should now look like the dialog shown on the next page. We are using the same variable for both Node Color and Node Size and using the suggested sizes and color ranges for the Visual Entity. We can save our selections to a file and then load then into a new .XP file using the SAVE and LOAD commands.
Use the Fill Nodes option and select the Legend dialog box. We will use a legend size of 0.1 inches along with the other options shown in the dialog below. If the legend size were too big then it would obscure the network.
Now that the variables have been defined and the legend activated click on the Encode button and you should see a similar screen to that shown below in which the big nodes have a larger freeboard value.
We design the table by naming a heading or column, adding it to the list, and then defining what variable is associated with the column. The first thing in the list is a heading for the output table. This heading label is Heading Only and it is associated with the data in a node. Node based reports can only show node data, however a Link based report can show node and link variables.
Now add the column headings Node Name, Ground Elevation, Invert Elevation and Freeboard and associate them with a data variable. All the label types will be Data Column and the data will be associated with a node.
Now once all the data variables have been associated with the column headings. Next use the General button and define the general format of the table. Just use the defaults in the general table definition. Generate the report using the generate button after clicking OK on the General Format dialog and on the Report Setup dialog. The report is generated to your screen and can be saved to a text file, csv file, or printed to a printer or plotter as can be seen on the next page.
Highlight the whole table and copy to the clipboard by using CTRL-C. Next open up Excel or any other spreadsheet and past the data into the spreadsheet by using CTRL-V for paste. You should see the screens shown below.
Highlight any node by drawing a box around it with the mouse [hold the left mouse button down to draw the box]. Next go to the copy command in the Edit menu or use the CTRL-C keyboard command or simply use the right mouse button and select copy from the pop-up menu. You should see this message shown right:
Highlight a new node by again drawing a box with the mouse. Next go the paste command in the Edit list of menus. You should see this message shown left: The previous copy/paste combination was an example of Module 28: Copying, Pasting and Deleting Data - Page 1
whole element copying and pasting; everything in the node for the current layer was copied or pasted. Individual elements can also be copied by using the copy command in the dialog box. The same mechanism is used as before; the mouse draws a box around the item to be copied and then the copy icon is used to copy the data to a buffer.
Copy Icon You should see this message if you copied the data correctly.
Once you have copied the single item, return to the interface. Make a new node using the node tool. Highlight this node and use the paste command in the Edit list of menus. You should see one message about the number of items and number of nodes or conduits pasted into. After pasting highlight the new node and go to Delete Objects in the Edit list of menus or select the Delete key. This node should disappear from the screen. Note: Deleting nodes with conduits attached will also delete the conduit since a conduit cannot exist without an US and a DS node. Delete objects command cannot be undone.
*============================================================================ * The MM card opens the scratch files to be used by different subroutines. * A certain number (1 for COMBINE) may be required for each block. *============================================================================ * NITCH NSCRAT(1) NSCRAT(2) NSCRAT(3) NSCRAT(4) NSCRAT(5) NSCRAT(6) NSCRAT(7) MM 7 1 2 3 11 12 13 14 *============================================================================ * In the example below, file RUNOFFCB.DNT is the same file as RUNOFF.DNT * and is simply a copy of RUNOFF.DNT. Thus, the collated output file * will contain flows that are double those on the the input files. * After running this COMB.DOC file RUNCOMB.ASC is viewable with a * DOS editor. *============================================================================ * The @ command is used to permanently save an interface or * scratch file. This line should be placed before the first SWMM * block call. The format of the @ command is as follows: *============================================================================ * RUNOFF.DNT may be created by running RUNOFF.DOC. * RUNOFFCB.DNT is a copy of RUNOFF.DNT. * RAINDOC.DNT may be created by running RAIN.DOC. *Column 1 Unit number of the Name of the interface * interface file saved file (any valid DOS filename) * or utilized * @ 8 'RUNOFF.DNT' @ 1 'RUNOFFCB.DNT' @ 10 'RUNCOMB.ASC' * @ 9 'RUNCOMB.INT' @ 20 'RAINDOC.DNT' @ 21 'RAINDOC.ASC' *============================================================================ * $ANUM Alphanumeric labeling of node names is used. Enter * all requests for node numbers with names in quotes. * This option must be used if Combine is operating on * interface files created by earlier SWMM blocks using * the $ANUM option. *============================================================================ $COMBIN Call the COMBINE Block with a '$' in first column. *============================================================================ * The 'A1' line defines the Combine Block program control. * The meaning of the values listed on each line are as follows: *============================================================================ * A1 Line : * ICOMB : Program control. * = 0, Collate option. Merge two interface files (JIN * and NSCRAT(1)), retaining all location IDs. * For locations with identical IDs, sum flows * and loads on new output interface file, JOUT. * = 1, Combine option. Sum all flows and loads on * interface files JIN and NSCRAT(1) and combine * on output interface file JOUT at location * NODEOT given in data group B2. * = 2, Extract (and optionally renumber) * from a single file (JIN). * = 3, Read the file headers of file JIN. * = 4, Create a formatted ASCII (text) file from * the unformatted interface file (JIN). This * file can be manipulated for plotting using * a spreadsheet, for example. File is created * on unit JOUT and must be saved using @-line. * Caution. The maximum product of number of * locations x (1 + number of pollutants) must * be <= 220. * = 5, Calculate the simple statistics (totals) of flow * and/or water quality on interface file JIN. * = 6, Calculate the simple statistics (totals) of the * precipitation interface file JIN.
* = 7, Perform functions for ICOMB = 6 and also make * a formatted ASCII (text) file from the * unformatted Rain Block interface file (JIN), * similarly to ICOMB=4. File is created on * unit JOUT and must be saved using @-line. *============================================================================ * Collate interface files RUNOFF.DNT and RUNOFFCB.DNT. * ICOMB A1 0 * Note : End of input to the Combine Block if ICOMB = 3, 5, 6 or 7. *============================================================================ * Create title lines for the simulation. There are two title lines * for the Combine Block. Titles are enclosed in single quotes. *============================================================================ * B1 Line : * TITLE : Title, 2 lines to be placed as first title on * output file (maximum of 80 characters per line). *============================================================================ B1 ' COMBINE BLOCK COLLATE EX. INTERFACE FILE FROM RUNOFF.DOC' B1 ' COLLATE WITH IDENTICAL INTERFACE FILE FOR THIS EXAMPLE' *============================================================================ B2 Line : * * NODEOT : Node number on output file for combined location. Enter zero if collating (ICOMB = 0). * If $ANUM option is used, enter node name in quotes * * and use '' for zero. * NPOLL : Number of quality constituents to be placed on * new interface file. * * Note, option for ICOMB=4 and NPOLL > 0: * * Pollutants written on ASCII version of interface * file have units of flow x concentration (e.g., * cfs x mg/l or cms x mg/l) as the default option. * If NPOLL is input as a negative number, then * concentrations will be placed on the ASCII file * instead. NPOLL will be reset to its proper * positive value. *============================================================================ * NODEOT NPOLL B2 0 5 *============================================================================ * Use the B3 to define the water quality interface file locations * if NPOLL > 0 on line B2. *============================================================================ * B3 Line : * NPOS1(1) : Constituent 1 position on file 1. * NPOS2(1) : Constituent 1 position on file 2. . * . * NPOS1(NPOLL): Constituent NPOLL position on file 1. * NPOS2(NPOLL): Constituent NPOLL position on file 2. *============================================================================ * NPOS1(1) NPOS2(1) NPOS1(2) NPOS2(2) etc. B3 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 5 * The C1 line defines the extraction/renumbering options. *============================================================================ * C1 Line : * NUMX : = 0, Use all locations. * > 0, number of locations (nodes) to be * extracted from one or two files. * NUMR : = 0, do not renumber any locations. * = NUMX, renumber according to data group C3. * (If NUMX = 0, NUMR can equal total number of * nodes. See text for more information.) *============================================================================ * NUMX NUMR C1 0 0
*============================================================================ * Define the locations (nodes) to be extracted if NUMX > 0 * on data group C1 using data line C2. *============================================================================ * Not required if NUMX = 0 in data group C1. * * C2 Line : * NODEX(1) : First node number. * . . * NODEX(NUMX) : Last node number. *============================================================================ * COULD EXTRACT NODE NUMBER 3 * NODEX(1) * C2 3 *============================================================================ * Define the Numbers to be Assigned to Extracted Nodes * if NUMR > 0 on data group C2. *============================================================================ * Not required if NUMR = 0 in data group C2. * * C3 Line : * NODER(1) : Number for first renumbered node. * . . * NODER(NUMR): Number for last renumbered node. *============================================================================ * COULD RENUMBER NODE NUMBER 3 TO 3333 * NODER(1) * C3 3333 *============================================================================ * Additional Combine Block example to illustrate simple statistics option. *============================================================================ $COMBINE * ICOMB A1 5 * No more input required for this run. *============================================================================ * Additional Combine Block example to illustrate creation of ASCII file * from Runoff Block interface file. *============================================================================ $COMBINE * ICOMB A1 4 * Title B1 'ASCII file generation from output of earlier Combine' B1 'ASCII file should be on DOS file: RUNCOMB.ASC' * NODEOT NPOLL B2 0 5 * Note, because NPOLL > 0 above, loads, not concentrations, will be listed * on the interface file. * * NPOS1(1) NPOS2(1) NPOS1(2) NPOS2(2) etc. 5 B3 1 1 2 2 3 3 4 4 5 * NUMX NUMR C1 0 0 *============================================================================ * Additional Combine Block example to illustrate creation of ASCII file * from Rain Block interface file. *============================================================================ $COMBINE * ICOMB A1 7 * No more input required, but be sure JIN/JOUT parameters are coordinated * with proper @-lines. *============================================================================ * End your input data set with a $ENDPROGRAM.
$ENDPROGRAM
* PNAME PUNIT NDIM KALC KWASH KACGUT LINKUP QFACT1 QFACT2 QFACT3 QFACT4 QFACT5 WASHPO RCOEF CBFACT CONCRN REFF J3 TP mg/l 0 4 3 0 0 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 .500 .500E-01 .000 .150E-01 .000 J3 TP mg/l 0 4 3 0 0 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 .500 .500E-01 1.00 1.00 .110 * PNAME PUNIT NDIM KALC KWASH KACGUT LINKUP QFACT1 QFACT2 QFACT3 QFACT4 QFACT5 WASHPO RCOEF CBFACT CONCRN REFF J3 TSS mg/l 0 4 3 0 0 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 148. 5.00 .000 4.00 .000 J3 TSS mg/l 0 4 3 0 0 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 148. 5.00 1.00 1.00 .110 * KTO KFROM F1 J4 1, 2, .1, * NAMEW ERODAR ERLEN SOILF CROPMF CONTPF * NAMEW ERODAR ERLEN SOILF CROPMF CONTPF K1 Cent Lakes#1, 70.08, 100., 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, * NAMEW KL BA GQ PSHED(1) PSHED(2) L1 Cent Lakes#1 1 .000 .000 .000 .000 * NAMEW KL BA GQ PSHED(1) PSHED(2) L2 .890 .110 * NPRNT INTERV M1 0, 0, * Transport layer of SWMM $TRANSPORT A1, A1, * ISLOPE ITRAP IFLIP INFLEW B0,0, 1, 2, 1, 1, * NDT NINPUT NNYN NNPE NOUTS NPRINT NPOLL NITER IDATEZ METRIC INTPRT B1,192, 0, 1, 1, 0, 0, 2, 4, 930101, 0, 10 * DT EPSIL DWDAYS TZERO GNU TRIBA B2,900., 0.001, 1., 0, 1.08E-5, 0.0, * NCNTRL NINFIL NFILTH NDESN B3,0, 0, 0, 0, C1,0, 0, * NOE NUE(1) NUE(2) NUE(3) NTYPE DIST GEOM1 SLOPE ROUGH GEOM2 BARREL GEOM3 KGEOM E1 Cent Lakes 19 .000 .000 .00000 .00000 148.000 5.000 1.000 * KPOL PNAME PUNIT NDIM DECAY SPG PSIZE(2) PGR(2) PSIZE-3 PGR(3) PSIZE(4) PGR(4) PSIZE(5) PGR(5) PSWDF F1 0 TP mg/l 0 .900 .000 / * KPOL PNAME PUNIT NDIM DECAY SPG PSIZE(2) PGR(2) PSIZE-3 PGR(3) PSIZE(4) PGR(4) PSIZE(5) PGR(5) PSWDF F1 0 TSS mg/l 0 .900 .000 / J1,Cent Lakes, J2,Cent Lakes, $ENDPROGRAM
* Input and Output Files SW 1, 0, 0, * Scratch Files MM 8, 1,2,3,10,11,12,13,14, * $ANUM - Alphanumeric conduit and junction names $ANUM * Extran layer of SWMM $EXTRAN A1 Example 2 A1 * ISOL KSUPER [KREDO TOLCS1 QLOWCS TOLCS2] B0 0 0 * JELEV JDOWN IPRATE BB 0 0 1 * NTCYC DELT TZERO NSTART INTER JNTER REDO IDATZ B1 7040, 10., 0, 1, 100, 100,0, 95, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, * METRIC NEQUAL AMEN ITMAX SURTOL B2 0 10 .00000E+00 30 .10000E+00 * NHPRT NQPRT NPLT LPLT NJSW B3 0, 0, 0, 0, 1 * NCOND NJ1 NJ2 QO NKLASS AFULL DEEP WIDE LEN ZP1 ZP2 ROUGH STHETA SPHI ENTK EXITK OTHERK C1 chan1 reserv irrig .000 7 .000 10.000 16.000 500.000 .000 .000 .0200 2.000 .000 .000 .000 .000 C1 spill reserv o/flow .000 6 .000 20.000 20.000 100.000 3.000 .000 .0050 1.000 1.000 .000 .000 .000 C1 tunnel lake A lake B .000 5 90.000 10.000 10.000 500.000 21.000 2.000 .0050 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 C1 river lake B ds .000 8 90.000 15.000 10.000 500.000 .000 .000 .0000 1.000 .002 .000 .000 .000 * XNL XNR XNCH NC 0.2000, 0.2000, 0.0200, *SECNO NUMST STCHL STCHR XLOBL XLOBR LEN PXCECR PSXE X1 1, 7, 50, 100, 0.0, 0.0, 500, 0.0, 0.0, * EL1 STA1 EL2 STA2 EL3 STA3 EL4 STA4 EL5 STA5 GR 15, 0, 5, 10, 0, 50, 0, 59, 5, 68, * EL1 STA1 EL2 STA2 EL3 STA3 EL4 STA4 EL5 STA5 GR 6, 100, 15, 120, * JUNCTION GRELEV Z QINST Y D1 reserv , 150., 100., 0.0, 0.0 D1 irrig , 130., 99., 0.0, 0.0 D1 o/flow , 130., 103., 0.0, 0.0 D1 lake A , 100., 50., 0.0, 0.0 D1 lake B , 103., 68., 10., .5 D1 ds , 100., 60., 0.0, 0.0 * JSTORE ZTOP ASTORE NUMST E1 reserv , 150., 10.,0 / * JSTORE ZTOP ASTORE NUMST E1 lake A , 100., -1.0, 6 / E2 1., 0., 3., 1., 8., 10., 10., 20., 12., 30. 12.5, 50. * JSTORE ZTOP ASTORE NUMST E1 lake B , 100., 0.0, -2 / E2 50., 8.9 / * IPTY NJUNC NJUNC NPRATE PRATE1....PRATE(NPRATE) VRATE1..VRATE(NPRATE) VWELL PON POFF H1 3 lake A reserv 3 10.000 50.000 100.000 40.000 35.000 10.000 1.200 6.000 1.000 * IPTY NJUNC NJUNC NPRATE PRATE1....PRATE(NPRATE) VRATE1..VRATE(NPRATE) VWELL PON POFF H1 3 lake A reserv 3 10.000 25.000 50.000 50.000 40.000 20.000 1.200 7.000 3.000 * IPTY NJUNC NJUNC NPRATE PRATE1....PRATE(NPRATE) VRATE1..VRATE(NPRATE) VWELL PON POFF
H1 3 lake A reserv 3 10.000 50.000 100.000 60.000 50.000 40.000 1.200 8.000 4.000 * IPTY NJUNC NJUNC NPRATE PRATE1....PRATE(NPRATE) VRATE1..VRATE(NPRATE) VWELL PON POFF H1 3 lake A reserv 3 10.000 50.000 100.000 60.000 50.000 40.000 1.200 9.000 4.000 * IPTY NJUNC NJUNC NPRATE PRATE1....PRATE(NPRATE) VRATE1..VRATE(NPRATE) VWELL PON POFF H1 3 lake A reserv 3 10.000 50.000 100.000 80.000 75.000 62.000 1.200 10.000 6.000 * Extran outfall nodes I1 - free I2 - gates I1 irrig , 1 I1 o/flow , 2 I1 ds , 3 J1 1 J1 1 J1 1 * User defined inflow hydrographs to extran K1 1 K2 lake A K3 0, 0 K3 1, 100 K3 3, 800 K3 5, 980 K3 10, 480 K3 11, 120 K3 12, 24 K3 13, 1 K3 24, 0 $ENDPROGRAM
All of the data associated with a node can be imported into XP-SWMM2000 using the tabular format. The format of each data line should be: node name [instance] [number of values] [values] The node name must be in single or double quotes so that the .CSV exported file can be imported XPSWMM2000.
User defined inflow data: Time (TEO) and Flow Values (QCARD) in the User Defined Hydrograph. INQ is the User Inflow Data Flag. The format of the line is: name of node [ instance ] [number of values ] [ the value ]
Conduit Table: ZP1 (Upstream invert), ZP2 (Downstream invert), LEN (conduit length), DEEP (diameter of pipe), ROUGH (roughness), WIDE (width), TTHETA (right side slope of a trapezoid), TPHI (left side slope of a trapezoid), NKLASS (type of conduit). The format of each data line should be: link name [instance] [number of values] [values] The link name should be in single quotes so that the .CSV exported file can be imported XP-SWMM2000
Save the data as a .CSV file, or comma-delimited file. Now open up XP-SWMM2000, create a new file called t1.xp
Use U.S. customary units, change to the EXTRAN layer, and go to the Import Data section under the File Menu. Choose XPX import, pick the .CSV file you just created, and select the XPX options No Action shown below for this import. Click on the import button to bring in the .CSV file. Selecting Reporting will create a text file with a .LOG extension about all data made active or all successful imports.
The data imported into the model will be reported in the Import Data Diagnostics. Check to see if you had any data errors.
After the data has been successfully imported; use the FIT WINDOW command from the VIEW menu or the Fit Window Icon from the Tool strip. This will bring the XP window to the center of your imported network.
The .CSV File that has been imported is shown below: node,134, mh a1,0,200,, node,134, mh a2,100,200,, node,134, mh a3,100,100,, node,134, mh a4,100,0,, node,134, mh a5,200,0,,/* The XY coordinates go first */ node,134, mh a6,300,0,, node,134, outlet,400,0,, node,134, mh b1,400,100,, node,134, mh b2,300,100,, node,134, mh b3,200,100,, link,136, LA1, mh a1, mh a2,, link,136, LA2, mh a2, mh a3,, link,136, LA3, mh a3, mh a4,,/* The conduit linkage should come next */ link,136, LA4, mh a4, mh a5,, link,136, LA5, mh a5, mh a6,, link,136, LA6, mh a6, outlet,, link,136, LB1, mh b1, mh b2,, link,136, LB2, mh b2, mh b3,, link,136, LB3, mh b3, mh a5,, Module 31: XPX Import - Page 4
The format of the Tables in our .CSV file: Notice that the single quotes from the spreadsheet are still in the names of the conduits and nodes. Tabular data can be used for nodes, conduits, and user defined hydrographs. The format of the Tabular data is as follows: $TABLE 1st line The name of the XPX Variables 2nd line The actual data subsequent lines $TABLE_END the last line $TABLE,,,,,, , , ,GRELEV,Z,, mh a1,0,1,138,124.6,, mh a2,0,1,135,118.3,, mh a3,0,1,155,114.5,, mh a4,0,1,125,102.8,, mh a5,0,1,120,102,,/* The node data */ mh a6,0,1,111,101.6,, outlet,0,1,100,89.9,, mh b1,0,1,137,128.2,, mh b2,0,1,130,117.5,, mh b3,0,1,125,111.5 $TABLE_End, , , , $TABLE,,,, , , ,INQ, mh a1,0,1,1, mh a3,0,1,1, mh b1,0,1,1, $TABLE_end, , ,, $TABLE,,,, ,,,TEO,QCARD mh a1,0,1,0,0 mh a1,0,2,0.25,5 mh a1,0,3,3,45 mh a1,0,4,3.25,45 mh a1,0,5,12,0 mh a3,0,1,0,0 mh a3,0,2,0.25,5 mh a3,0,3,3,40 mh a3,0,4,3.25,40 mh a3,0,5,12,0 mh b1,0,1,0,0 mh b1,0,2,0.25,5 mh b1,0,3,3,50 mh b1,0,4,3.25,50 mh b1,0,5,12,0 $TABLE_end, , ,,
$TABLE,,,,,,,,,,,, , , ,ZP1,ZP2,LEN,DEEP,ROUGH,WIDE,TTHETA,TPHI,NKLASS, LA1,0,1,124.6,118.3,1800,4,0.015,0,0,0,1, LA2,0,1,118.3,114.5,2075,4.5,0.015,0,0,0,1, LA3,0,1,114.5,102.8,5000,5,0.034,0,0,0,1, LA4,0,1,102.8,102,500,6,0.015,0,0,0,1, LA5,0,1,102,101.6,300,9,0.015,1,3,3,6, LA6,0,1,101.6,89.9,4500,9,0.016,0,3,3,6, LB1,0,1,128.2,117.5,5100,4.5,0.015,1,0,0,1, LB2,0,1,117.5,111.5,3500,4.5,0.015,0,0,0,1, LB3,0,1,111.5,102,5000,5.5,0.0154,0,0,0,1, $TABLE_END, , , ,,,,,,,,, INQ is the User Inflow Data Flag. The format of the line is: name of node [ instance ] [number of values ] [ the value ] Time (TEO) and Flow Values (QCARD) in the User Defined Hydrograph. Conduit Table: ZP1 (Upstream invert), ZP2 (Downstream invert), LEN (conduit length), DEEP (diameter of pipe), ROUGH (roughness), WIDE (width), TTHETA (right side slope of a trapezoid), TPHI (left side slope of a trapezoid), NKLASS (type of conduit). DATA YZERO, ,0,1,96,/* Start year */ DATA MZERO, ,0,1,1,/* Start month */ DATA DZERO, ,0,1,1,/* Start Day */ DATA HZERO, ,0,1,1,/* Start Hour */ DATA MZERO, ,0,1,0,/* Start Minute */ DATA SZERO, ,0,1,0,/* Start Second */ DATA YSL, ,0,1,96,,/* Duration Year */, DATA MSL, ,0,1,1,,/* Duration Month */, DATA DSL, ,0,1,1,,/* Duration Day */, DATA HSL, ,0,1,8,,/* Duration Hour */, DATA SSL, ,0,1,0,,/* Duration Second */, DATA DELT, ,0,1 60,,,/* Time step = 60 secon,ds */ DATA NSTART, ,0,1,45 DATA INTER, ,0,1,1000 DATA JNTER, ,0,1,1000 DATA CNTLH, ,0,1,0,/* Hot Start Off */ DATA CNTLJD, ,0,1,0,/* Junction Defaults Off */ DATA CNTLNS, ,0,1,0,/* Echo Nat Surface Off */ DATA CNTLT, ,0,1,0,/* Simulation Tolerances Off */ DATA CNTLR, ,0,1,0,/* Routing Control off */ DATA CNTLMC, ,0,1,0,/* Modify Conduits Off */ DATA FLGOUTF, outlet,0,1,1,/* Switch Outfall Flag on */ DATA NTIDE, outlet,0,1,1,/* Free Outfall */ DATA DEPC, outlet,0,1,1,/* Use min of Yc & Yn */ DATA GATE, outlet,0,1,0,/* Switch Tide Gate off */ The Extran job control data in XPX format. Usually you would not import this data since it is easy to go directly to the job control dialogs and enter the data. Module 31: XPX Import - Page 6
We are importing an EPA SWMM data file, so the EPA-SWMM Data File radio button should be turned on. The name of the data file is extran.dat and it is located in your WORK directory. We import by clicking on the IMPORT button - not the OK button. Once you have clicked on the IMPORT button you will see a warning screen - click OK on the warning screen and the XPX import will begin. You will see a progress monitor as the import process is taking place. If there are any error or warning messages then an error.log file will appear on your screen. Scrutinize these messages and then close the error.log file.
The import of the EPA-SWMM data has been successful, except for two errors concerning the data field. You will notice that the data has been imported without any XY coordinates as they are missing from EPA SWMM and that the network has a spaghetti appearance. XP-SWMM2000 has a tidy network feature that will create straight branches in the network so that it is more easily navigated and understood. To invoke this command use the Tidy Network command from the View Menu. The result is shown below. At this point we could import an XPX file containing the coordinates of the nodes so that the network is scaled to real world coordinates or is a more accurate schematic. However, the Node locations have no bearing on the model connectivity or the results, it just looks more reasonable.
Special command line arguments for XP-SWMM2000 are entered in the Configuration Parameters section under the Configuration menu. These parameters adjust the default way in which the model works. In this case we will use the command USE_XYINFO to make the model calculate the conduit lengths based on the XY coordinates of the upstream and downstream nodes and the invert elevations of the upstream and downstream nodes. Of course this assumes that you have imported the correct elevations and inverts or that your network is drawn to real world coordinates.
. As can be seen in the snippet of output file below, the drawn lengths determine the conduit lengths and not the length recorded in the database. The following formula is used in the calculation of these lengths: Length = [ [ X up - X dn ]^2 + [ Y up - Y dn ]^2 + [ Z up - X dn ]^2 ]^0.5 The next module instructs how to import these lengths to the database.
*==================================================* | Table E1 - Conduit Data | *==================================================* Inp Conduit Length Conduit Area Manning Num Name (mt) Class ( m^2) Coef. ---- ------------- -------------------1 pipe1 42.27 Circular 7.07 0.01400 2 pipe2 48.55 Circular 7.07 0.01400 3 syphon 52.27 Rectangle 2.40 0.01400 4 down1 41.98 Circular 3.14 0.01400 5 up1 33.31 Circular 3.14 0.01400 6 down2 65.37 Circular 3.14 0.01400 7 syphon2 100.94 Rectangle 2.40 0.01400 8 up2 52.82 Circular 3.14 0.01400 Total length of all conduits .... 437.5050 meters Length of all conduits calculated from xy coordinates by using the configuration option USE_XYINFO Max Width (mt) --------3.00 3.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 Depth (mt) ----3.00 3.00 1.20 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.20 2.00 Trapezoid Side Slopes -------
/*ruler.line... ############### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ########### ###########*/ node 134 1 -1.182 476.798 node 134 2 19.325 456.967 node 134 4 39.999 439.495 node 134 1b 19.829 498.987 node 134 2b 39.999 479.158 node 134 4b 59.999 459.832 node 134 1a 19.831 478.315 node 134 2a 39.999 458.315 node 134 4a 60.337 439.495 /* Node X Y Coords */ /* End of data */ $TABLE GRELEV Z QINST SFLOOD Y0 1 0 1 110.000 100.000 .000 0 .000 2 0 1 110.000 99.000 .000 0 .000 4 0 1 110.000 98.000 .000 0 .000 1b 0 1 110.000 100.000 .000 2 .000 2b 0 1 110.000 99.000 .000 0 .000 4b 0 1 110.000 98.000 .000 0 .000 1a 0 1 110.000 100.000 .000 1 .000 2a 0 1 110.000 99.000 .000 0 .000 4a 0 1 110.000 98.000 .000 0 .000 $TABLE_END /* Node data */ /* US and DS Node */ link 138 3 1 2 link 136 5 2 4 link 138 3b 1b 2b link 136 5b 2b 4b link 138 3a 1a 2a link 136 5a 2a 4a /* End of data */ $TABLE ZP1 ZP2 LEN DEEP ROUGH WIDE AFULL TTHETA TPHI NKLASS PLC GEOFF ECC RDEP RRAT BARREL 5 0 1 99.000 98.000 100.000 2.000 .0019 2.000 4.000 .000 .000 6 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000 5b 0 1 99.000 98.000 100.000 2.000 .0019 2.000 4.000 .000 .000 6 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000 5a 0 1 99.000 98.000 100.000 2.000 .0019 2.000 4.000 .000 .000 6 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000 3 0 1 100.000 99.000 100.000 2.000 .0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000 3b 0 1 100.000 99.000 100.000 2.000 .0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000 3a 0 1 100.000 99.000 100.000 2.000 .0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000 $TABLE_END /* Conduit data */
There is a ruler line at the top of the .EXP file to aid in the import of the text file. The first two columns of the .EXP file are 15 characters wide; all subsequent columns are 12 characters wide. Excel will suggest a fixed width as the best import type. Click on the NEXT button to move to the next dialog. Alter the column breaks by following the directions in the text import wizard. Set the column breaks at the end of ### symbols in the ruler line. Only the first 4 or 5 column breaks will be found by Excel - you will need to create the other column breaks by scrolling to the right and clicking with the left mouse button. This is your finished column breaks in step 2 of the import process. Click on the NEXT button to move on in the import process. In step 3 click on the FINISH button after accepting the defaults.
Now each of the data columns should be in one column of Excel. Verify this by looking at the conduit data in rows 35 to 41. You will notice that the node data and the conduit data have a similar format: 1st line - $TABLE 2nd line - Names of the XPX variables next lines - the actual data last line - $TABLE_END
Next insert a new worksheet by going to the INSERT menu and inserting a new worksheet in Excel. Copy the part of the column containing the conduit roughness using the < ctrl c > command.
Paste the value not the formula using the paste command. .
The new roughness data has now been pasted to the worksheet.
Save your worksheet as a .CSV file. You will need to close this file before importing it into XP-SWMM2000. Next go back to XP-SWMM2000 and import as a XPX file the FLOOD.CSV file you just created. Under the dialog box XPX Options use the radio buttons and choose No Action and Report Successful data imports. We will use No Action because we just want to import the data - not have the interface create implied data flags. For example, since we have trapezoidal side slopes for all conduits the trapezoidal flag would be turned on if No Action was not chosen. If everything worked okay you should see the messages shown below. Import Data Diagnostics NOTE: Node 1: Field GRELEV imported successfully NOTE: Node 1: Field Z imported successfully NOTE: Node 1: Field QINST imported successfully NOTE: Node 1: Field SFLOOD imported successfully NOTE: Node 1: Field Y0 imported successfully NOTE: Node 2: Field GRELEV imported successfully NOTE: Node 2: Field Z imported successfully NOTE: Node 2: Field QINST imported successfully NOTE: Node 2: Field SFLOOD imported successfully NOTE: Node 2: Field Y0 imported successfully NOTE: Node 4: Field GRELEV imported successfully NOTE: Node 4: Field Z imported successfully NOTE: Node 4: Field QINST imported successfully NOTE: Node 4: Field SFLOOD imported successfully
A copy of the exported .CSV file from Excel after the ruler line which has been commented out by using /* and */. XP-SWMM2000 will ignore the extra commas in each line.
node 134,'1',-1.182,476.798,,, node 134,'2',19.156,456.799,,, node 134,'4',39.999,439.327,,, node 134,'1b',19.66,498.481,,, node 134,'2b',39.83,478.146,,, node 134,'4b',59.999,459.327,,, node 134,'1a',19.831,477.978,,, node 134,'2a',39.83,458.146,,, node 134,'4a',60.337,439.495,,, /* Node X Y Coo,rds */,,,,, /* End of data,*/,,,,, $TABLE,,,,,, ,,GRELEV,Z,QINST,SFLOOD,Y0 '1',0 1,110,100,0,0,0 '2',0 1,110,99,0,0,0 '4',0 1,110,98,0,0,0 '1b',0 1,110,100,0,2,0 '2b',0 1,110,99,0,0,0 '4b',0 1,110,98,0,0,0 '1a',0 1,110,100,0,1,0 '2a',0 1,110,99,0,0,0 '4a',0 1,110,98,0,0,0 $TABLE_END,,,,,, /* Node data,*/,,,,, /* US and DS No,de */,,,,, link 138,'3' ',1' ',2',,, link 136,'5' ',2' ',4',,, link 138,'3b' ',1b' ',2b',,, link 136,'5b' ',2b' ',4b',,, link 138,'3a' ',1a' ',2a',,, link 136,'5a' ',2a' ',4a',,,,,,,,,,,,,, /* End of data,*/,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, $TABLE,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, ,,ZP1,ZP2,LEN,DEEP,ROUGH,WIDE,AFULL,TTHETA,TPHI,NKLASS,PLC,GEOFF,ECC,RDEP,RRAT,BARREL .000 1 '5',0 1,99,98,400,2,.0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000,,,,,,,,,,, '5b',0 1,99,98,400,2,.0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 .000 1.000 1.000,,,,,,,,,,, .000 .000 .000 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 '5a',0 1,99,98,200,2,.0140 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000,,,,,,,,,,, '3',0 1,100,99,200,2,.0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000,,,,,,,,,,, '3b',0 1,100,99,200,2,.0140 2.000 3.142 .000 .000 1 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000,,,,,,,,,,, 3.142 .000 .000 1 '3a',0 1,100,99,200,2,.0140 2.000 .000 .000 .000 .000 1.000 1.000,,,,,,,,,,, $TABLE_END,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,, /* Conduit data,*/,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,
Users can export Selected Only or All Objects by using the radio button shown below. In addition all variables or a selection of variables and the filtering of Nodes and/or Links are available as options to the user.
If the Select button is chosen by the user then a dialog allowing the selection of variables and the creation of a selected list appears as shown below.
Upon Selecting Export from the XPX Export File dialog the user is prompted for a filename to save the export. The default for this filename is the project name with an XPX extension. Any name is allowed but it is good convention to use .XPX for the extension.
| HYDRAULICS TABLES IN THE OUTPUT FILE | | These are the more important tables in the output file. | | You can use your editor to find the table numbers, | | for example: search for Table E20 to check continuity. | | This output file can be imported into a Word Processor | | and printed on US letter or A4 paper using portrait | | mode, courier font, a size of 8 pt. and margins of 0.75 | | | | Table E1 - Basic Conduit Data | | Table E2 - Conduit Factor Data | | Table E3 - Junction Data | | Table E4 - Conduit Connectivity Data | | Table E4a - Dry Weather Flow Data | | Table E5 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | | Table E5a - Conduit Explicit Condition Summary | | Table E6 - Final Model Condition | | Table E7 - Iteration Summary | | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | | Table E9 - Junction Summary Statistics | | Table E10 - Conduit Summary Statistics | | Table E11 - Area assumptions used in the analysis | | Table E12 - Mean conduit information | | Table E13 - Channel losses(H) and culvert info | | Table E14 - Natural Channel Overbank Flow Information | | Table E15 - Spreadsheet Info List | | Table E16 - New Conduit Output Section | | Table E17 - Pump Operation | | Table E18 - Junction Continuity Error | | Table E19 - Junction Inflow Sources | | Table E20 - Junction Flooding and Volume List | | Table E21 - Continuity balance at simulation end | | | Table E22 - Model Judgement Section *==========================================================*
SWMM Configuration Parameters including those that are hardwired are listed in the Output File. This is printed near the beginning of each XP-SWMM2000 output file.
$powerstation $perv $oldegg $as $noflat $oldomega $oldvol IMPLICIT $oldhot $oldscs $flood $nokeys $pzero $oldvol2 STORAGE_97 $oldhot1 PUMPWT $ecloss $exout NEWROUTE $oldbnd $nogrelev $ncmid NEW_NL_97 OPTIMAL97 NEWBOUND 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 10.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 2 3 1 1 1 0 1 1 1 0 2 1 1 2 4 7 11 21 24 28 29 31 33 40 42 55 59 62 63 70 77 97 142 154 161 164 290 294 295
Enter the name of the CAD file in the Get Background Dialog Box, which for this tutorial is YARRA.DXF in the Input File field along with selecting XP Metafile as the option for file type. The destination rectangle items do not need to be edited since they will be replaced by the coordinates built in to the .DWG or .DXF file.
Choose a Fit Window command from the View Menu so that the entire drawing is displayed in the Plan View Window.
The following tool strip is used to manipulate backgrounds. Holding the mouse over the icon will display a bubble of the icon's purpose and a detailed description of the command is displayed in the lower left-hand corner of the program interface.
To hide the display of the background for better redraw performance select the picture by picking the first tool from this tool strip and click on the background. Then with the drawing covered in hatched lines confirming selection choose the last tool on the tool strip, which is picture properties. This dialog is shown below. Simply deselect the Show Picture check box and then click the O.K button and select the pointer tool. Now the background is still referenced to your XP file but does not
display.
Module 37: CAD Drawing Graphical Import Page 2
XP-SWMM2000 Files Associated with ALL3LAY.XP ALL3LAY.XP ALL3LAY.MUT ALL3LAY.BAK ALL3LAY.DAT ALL3LAY.OUT ALL3LAY.RES ALL3LAY.SYT ALL3LAY.SYR ALL3LAY.SYF The XP database is saved in the .XP file. The XP database is saved in the .XP file. Backup of the .XP file created when you solve the model. The data file exported from the interface and used by FORTRAN analysis engine. You can use the program EPACONV to convert this to an EPA SWMM data file. The output file from the analysis engine. An ASCII file containing spatial reports and graphical encoding information. May be imported into a database or GIS. A binary file containing the graphical results from the Sanitary layer. A binary file containing the graphical results from the Runoff layer. A binary file containing the graphical results from the Hydraulics layer.
Other files that can also be generated include: ALL3LAY.CDM ALL3LAY.DES An ASCII file containing the ending heads and flows from the simulation. Created using the Configuration Parameter NEWCDMFILE. An ASCII design file containing the changed conduit depths from using the design feature inside the Transport layer. This is in XPX format so that it could be reimported into XP-SWMM2000. An ASCII file containing information on EXTRAN pumps. Created using the Configuration Parameter PUMPMEAN. An ASCII file containing information on EXTRAN pumps. Created using the Configuration Parameter HGLMEAN. An ASCII file containing information used in printing the time history information for heads and flows in the output file. An ASCII file containing the tabular XPX format. Created using the MAKE_XPX Configuration parameter.
$transport_conduits Catchment 117.814244429916542 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 Conduit 113.894739587217856 0.000000000000000E+000 10.534742599166151 0.000000000000000E+000 20.823818802400872 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 Pond 8.000000000000000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 pipe 8.123197136627399 0.000000000000000E+000 4.444827457374178 0.000000000000000E+000 2.991663665323611 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 outfall 8.123197136627399 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 $END_OF_LIST
$transport_nodes Catchment 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 Conduit 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 Pond 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 pipe 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 outfall 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 $END_OF_LIST
$extran_conduits Version 9.00 204 0.000000000000000E+000 Conduit 118.233790316208697 9.199298428299459 0.000000000000000E+000 4228.356820850367512 4228.356820850367512 30.887191122508128 0.000000000000000E+000 8.783110310901039 115.237770560222017 1.980112930358128 47.297297297297298 485.594769409454841 6.182784736753643 2.434824214848856E-001 5.000000000000000 0.000000000000000E+000 3.250000000000000 3.250000000000000 236.625000000000256 4.139992399896197E-001 10.448717948717952 7.197065147463326E-001 0.000000000000000E+000 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 16.076642973784079 12.062605935922598 209 pipe 55.758778026180948 0.000000000000000E+000 298.660824857629223 5.526390671829088 0.000000000000000E+000 10.089698308700978 0.000000000000000E+000 298.660824857629223 1.195212330429260 6.937160905662322 115.237770560222017 47.297297297297298 346.814349101991411 5.666296240610306 1.608235778258905E-001 5.000000000000000 0.000000000000000E+000 3.666666666666673 3.666666666666673 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 4.132244289755907E-001 6.455530477528859E-001 0.000000000000000E+000 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 12.062605935922598 11.493367220994880 -1 FREE # 1 55.758778026180948 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 1.000000000000000E-003 1.000000000000000E-003 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 3.666666666666673 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 -9.000000000000000E+099 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 $END_OF_LIST $extran_nodes Version 9.00 202 Catchment 6.017181868641782 16.017181868641782 12.566000000000001 76.359095608570755 16.017181868641782 3.982818131358218 3.982818131358218 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 7.628423137892600E-001 0.000000000000000E+000 1274.000000000000000 2.869369369369369 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 514740.472778250405099 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 203 Pond 2.262277193184634 12.062277193184634 94746.076379192192690 127303.571859604446217 12.799767416034022 7.200232583965978 7.937722806815366 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 14.799384404661906 0.000000000000000E+000 1179.000000000000000 2.655405405405405 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 208 outfall 1.893110810140861 11.493110810140861 12.566000000000001 23.793090954815682 11.967397160926080 8.032602839073920 8.506889189859139 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 8.658593897541786E-002 0.000000000000000E+000 444.000000000000000 1.000000000000000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 0.000000000000000E+000 $END_OF_LIST
Output of the .CDM file can be imported back into XP-SWMM2000 through the XPX import facility. Three extra output files containing information on the nodal heads, pump flows and other information is exported from XP-SWMM2000 if you use the SWMM configuration parameters PUMPMEAN and HGLMEAN and perform your simulation in the Hydraulics layer of XP-SWMM2000. These output files can be imported into a spreadsheet or database for later processing. The three files are the yourfilename.PBS, yourfilename.RIZ and yourfilename.PBT. The configuration parameter PUMPMEAN makes the .RIZ file and .PBT file. The configuration parameter HGLMEAN makes the .PBS file. Format of the .PBS file (shown below)
J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 J487 1.391667 1.669444 1.947222 2.225000 2.502778 2.780556 3.058333 3.336111 3.613889 3.891667 4.169444 4.447222 4.725000 5.002778 5.280556 5.558333 5.836111 6.113889 6.391667 6.669444 6.947222 7.225000 7.502778 7.780556 5.428982 5.426958 5.438308 5.459869 5.454848 5.456239 5.468649 5.435915 5.404944 5.433175 5.432284 5.427813 5.454962 5.420054 5.401813 5.407500 5.400735 5.366138 5.415293 5.336838 5.411314 5.329407 5.310436 5.304611 5.380004 5.379091 5.397522 5.429047 5.429213 5.439669 5.440093 5.398320 5.358651 5.395418 5.386812 5.381440 5.421158 5.373865 5.353908 5.363213 5.342886 5.312309 5.366014 5.271340 5.366945 5.260026 5.245913 5.245114 5.351608 5.446925 5.480229 5.428654 5.358220 5.273664 5.896394 5.886039 5.226415 5.295407 5.356148 5.446929 5.427998 5.578733 5.927083 5.233609 5.526527 5.228172 5.389838 5.206763 5.348886 5.201127 5.163545 5.148000 5.351608 5.446925 5.480229 5.428654 5.358220 5.273664 5.896394 5.886039 5.090000 5.295407 5.356148 5.446929 5.427998 5.578733 5.927083 5.090000 5.526527 5.090000 5.389838 5.090000 5.348886 5.090000 5.090000 5.090000
1st column - Name of the node 2nd column - Time in hours since the beginning of the simulation. 3rd column - average elevation over the last time step. 4th column - average elevation over the last time step using the pump check valve elevations. 5th column - instantaneous elevation at the end of the last time step. 6th column - instantaneous elevation at the end of the last time step using the pump check valve elevations Module 40: .CDM .PBS .PBT .RIZ Files Page 1
1st column - The name of the link containing the pump. 2nd column - The name of the pump in the link. 3rd column - The name of the upstream node to the pump. 4th column - Time in hours since the beginning of the simulation. 5th column - Times the pump turned on during the last time step. 6th column - Total time (hours) the pump was turned on during the last time step. 7th column - the total flow through the pump during the last time step. 8th column - the average head loss through the pump based on downstream - upstream head. 9th column - the average dynamic head loss through the pump discharge pipe. Format of the .PBT file (shown below)
Conduit Pump DnstreamNode Time(hours) On TimeOn(min) InstnQ InsStatic Head Dynamic Hd Hd Summary Interval = 1.00 minutes 8333 PUMP J333 1.9444E-02 8333 PUMP J333 3.6111E-02 8333 PUMP J333 5.2778E-02 8333 PUMP J333 6.9444E-02 8333 PUMP J333 8.6111E-02 8333 PUMP J333 .1028 8333 PUMP J333 .1194 8333 PUMP J333 .1361 8333 PUMP J333 .1528 8333 PUMP J333 .1694 8333 PUMP J333 .1861 8333 PUMP J333 .2028 8333 PUMP J333 .2194 8333 PUMP J333 .2361 8333 PUMP J333 .2528 0. 0. 1. 0. 0. 1. 0. 1. 0. 1. 0. 0. 1. 0. 1. .0000 .0000 .1667 .1667 .0000 .3333 .0000 .3333 .0000 .1667 .1667 .0000 .3333 .0000 .5000 .0000 .0000 3.593 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 4.791 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 4.301 13.33 12.67 12.33 13.08 12.43 13.23 12.58 13.66 13.01 12.38 13.15 12.50 13.58 12.93 13.74 .0000 .0000 33.36 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 59.31 .0000 .0000 .0000 .0000 47.81 InsTotal 13.33 12.67 45.70 13.08 12.43 13.23 12.58 13.66 13.01 71.70 13.15 12.50 13.58 12.93 61.55
1st column - Name of the multi conduit 2nd column - Name of the pump 3rd column - Name of the downstream node 4th column - Time in hours since the beginning of the simulation. 5th column - Number of times the pump turned on during this interval. 6th column - Time in minutes the pump was turned on during this interval. 7th column - instantaneous flow when the pump turned on. 8th column - instantaneous static head loss. 9th column - instantaneous dynamic head loss.
The rainfall input dialogs are in the Utilities section in the Tools menu. We will use the Rainfall Utility to analyze the rainfall data and create the interface file.
These two dialogs determine the type of rainfall, the rainfall station number, the name of the input rainfall file and the name of the created interface file. The next two pages show some example rainfall formats.
* IFORM = 4, Greensboro-High Point, North Carolina, July 1-12, 1948 (NWS Diskette Rainfall Data) * *1,HPD *2,GREENSBORO,HIGH P, NC *3,313630,313630,0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0 *4,1948,07,1952,12 *5,HPCP, , , , *8,948,7,1,HI,2 *9,1,0,0,0 *9,25,0,0,0 *8,948,7,11,HI,2 *9,3,1,0,0 *9,25,1,0,0 *8,948,7,12,HI,3 *9,13,1,0,0 *9,14,4,0,0 *9,25,5,0,0 * * IFORM = 5, Unidentified Canadian station 61060009, November 13-18, 1978 (Older Canadian AES data) * Note, rainfall in tenths of mm. E.g., second day, first hour, rain = 2.2 mm/hr. *
* * IFORM = 9, Yaquina Bay, Oregon, November 1-7, 1980 (Earth Info ASCII 15 minute data) * *OR,9581,1,in,11/01/1980,0.00,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,. ,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,, .,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,0.20,,.,,.,,.,,.,,., ,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.70, *OR,9581,1,in,11/02/1980,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,. ,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,, .,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,., ,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10, *OR,9581,1,in,11/03/1980,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,0.10 ,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,, .,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,., ,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.30, *OR,9581,1,in,11/05/1980,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,. ,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,, .,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,0.10,,.,,0. 10,,0.10,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.80, *OR,9581,1,in,11/06/1980,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,. ,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,0.10,,.,,0.10,,.,,0.10,,.,,0.10,, .,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,., ,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.20,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,0.20,,. ,,0.10,,1.50, *OR,9581,1,in,11/07/1980,0.10,,0.10,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,. ,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,, 0.40,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10,,.,,.,,.,,.,,0.10, ,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,.,,1.10, * * IFORM = 10, Eugene, Oregon, January 1-9, 1970 (Earth Info ASCII hourly data) *
* * IFORM = 13, Unknown Canadian station, current AES format. (Newer Canadian AES data) * October 1-7, 1986. Rainfall in tenths of mm/hr. *
*615HMAK9861001123000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000015 000017 000000 *615HMAK9861002123000002 000003 000000 000006 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000004 *615HMAK9861003123000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000003 000002 000000 000000 000000 000002 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 *615HMAK9861004123000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000003 000017 000005 000008 000008 000002 000000 000002 000000 000000 000000 000000 *615HMAK9861005123000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000006 000024 000002 000000 000000 *615HMAK9861006123000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000002 000002 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000010 000019 000004 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000008 000032 000010 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000 000000
Clink the rainfall utility button. Select the interface file name created by the rainfall utility as CONTRUN.RIN. The format of the input file HPCP8587.PRN is NWSDSK, or NWS Diskette format, the station number is 215435. After entering the name of the input data and interface file name click on Select File to add the current directory (path) to the file name.
Click on the More button and enter the data shown above to name the rainfall report file. Again select "Select File" to add the path, otherwise the file will go in a different directory. We will use 9 hours as the interevent time for this rainfall data. The synoptic analysis divides the hourly rainfall data into storm events for the output statistical summary.
Click on the Run button, not the solve icon to perform the rainfall analysis. The program will read all of the rainfall data and create a rainfall interface file that will be the driving force in a Runoff layer continuous simulation.
######################################## # Precipitation Summary # ######################################## Rainfall summary for station Total missing hours Total hours of meter malfunction Total rainfall Total number of years 215435 0 0 100.50 3 hours hours inches years
The number of delta events may be less because of undefined periods. Rainfall Statistics by Avg yr(for period of record) Number Total Minimum Maximum Average Coef-Var ----------------------------------Duration 3. 2110.00 1.000 62.000 234.444 1.210 Intensity 3. 14.13 0.003 1.667 1.570 1.186 Volume 3. 100.50 0.010 10.000 11.167 1.187 Delta 3. 26247.00 10.500 550.000 2916.333 1.214 Years 3. 100.50 0.010 10.000 11.167 1.148 The number of delta events may be less because of undefined periods. Rainfall Statistics by Storm (for period of record) Number Total Minimum Maximum Average Coef-Var ----------------------------------Duration 292. 2110.00 1.000 62.000 7.226 1.183 Intensity 292. 14.13 0.003 1.667 0.048 2.264 Volume 292. 100.50 0.010 10.000 0.344 2.215 Delta 291. 26247.00 10.500 550.000 90.196 0.870
Use the "Notepad" icon to edit the output file, CONTRUN.OUT. The above tables will tell you the total amount of rainfall. The average year storm and the number of individual storm events found in the rainfall data.
The number of delta events may be less because of undefined periods. Rainfall Statistics by Year (for period of record) Total Minimum Maximum Average Coef-Var Number ----------------------------------85 867.00 1.000 62.000 8.257 1.228 Duration 105. Intensity 4.03 0.003 0.173 0.038 1.031 105. Volume 105. 31.72 0.010 2.420 0.302 1.445 104. 8617.50 12.000 297.500 82.861 0.753 Delta 11. 31.72 0.890 5.810 2.884 0.804 Months 86 Duration 103. 728.00 1.000 43.000 7.068 1.103 Intensity 103. 4.59 0.004 0.300 0.045 1.116 Volume 103. 36.62 0.010 3.000 0.356 1.555 Delta 103. 8833.00 10.500 332.000 85.757 0.840 Months 12. 36.62 0.020 6.690 3.052 0.988 87 Duration 84. 515.00 1.000 47.000 6.131 1.153 Intensity 84. 5.52 0.003 1.667 0.066 2.914 Volume 84. 32.16 0.010 10.000 0.383 3.112 Delta 84. 8796.50 11.500 550.000 104.720 0.955 Months 12. 32.16 0.090 17.940 2.680 2.232
The average storm event by month and year are also printed out in the file CONTRUN.OUT. The return period for the larger storms is printed for volume, intensity, duration, and interevent duration. The top portion of two of these tables is shown below.
Return Period (years) for Volume Return Period -----5.333 2.000 1.231 0.889 0.696 0.571 0.485 0.421 0.372 0.333 Return Period -----0.022 0.022 0.022 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021
Rank ---1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Inches -----10.000 3.800 3.000 2.920 2.510 2.420 2.120 2.090 2.070 1.720
Mo/Dy/Yr -------7/23/87 7/20/87 6/21/86 4/26/86 8/ 8/87 8/12/85 8/16/86 10/ 3/85 9/21/86 5/10/86
Rank ---147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156
Inches -----0.120 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.110 0.100 0.100 0.100
Mo/Dy/Yr -------2/25/86 9/18/87 10/23/85 6/16/85 4/22/87 12/15/85 7/30/85 6/23/86 8/12/87 5/21/87
Return Period (years) for Intensity Return Period -----5.333 2.000 1.231 0.889 0.696 0.571 0.485 0.421 0.372 0.333 Return Period -----0.022 0.022 0.022 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021 0.021
Rank ---1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
in/hr -----1.667 0.422 0.345 0.323 0.300 0.251 0.215 0.212 0.173 0.161
Mo/Dy/Yr -------7/23/87 7/20/87 6/28/87 7/30/87 6/21/86 8/ 8/87 7/ 5/86 8/16/86 8/28/85 8/12/85
Rank ---147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156
in/hr -----0.024 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.023 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022 0.022
Mo/Dy/Yr -------1/16/85 5/ 5/85 2/ 9/85 7/ 8/86 2/28/87 6/10/87 11/19/86 11/21/85 7/30/85 7/11/87
Now define the global data for infiltration. Call the record name Soil Type A, ADD it the record name list, and EDIT the data. Change the depression storage to 0.05 inches for the impervious area and 0.25 inches for the pervious area. We will use Green Ampt infiltration. The average capillary suction, in. [mm] of water is perhaps the most difficult parameter to quantify. This parameter can be derived from soil moisture conductivity data if available. The following table summarizes several published values. Typical values for Soil Texture Capillary Suction (inches): Sand 4 Sandy Loam 8 Loam 8 Clay Loam 10 Silt Loam Clay 12 7
The graphic on the next page shows the values to use and the order of the dialogs.
Now we have defined our global data. Next, create a node in Runoff by using the "Node" icon. Click on the node with the right mouse button; go to Edit=>Attributes and make the text size 1-inch and the node size 1inch. Finally, use the Fit Window command to center the small network. Enter an area of 100 acres, a percent impervious of 20 percent, a width of 2087 feet (square root of the area), and a slope of 0.01 ft/ft (1%). Select the rainfall global data and the infiltration global data you just entered in global data. Clicking on the #1 sub-catchment check box to accesses this dialog.
Now we have completed task (2). We now go to the Runoff layer Job Control. Click on Save all Results for Review. Enter the data shown above for the monthly evaporation rate. The evaporation you enter in Runoff is the lake evaporation estimate or the pan evaporation times the pan coefficient. Use the print control dialog to define the print intervals for the continuous simulation. We will print the monthly, daily and annual totals. The simulation time steps will be 3600 seconds for the wet time step, 3600 seconds for the transition time step, and 86400 seconds for the dry time steps. The simulation will run from 1/1/85 to 12/31/87.
Overall continuity error is in Table R5. Continuity error <1 percent in the runoff layer is recommended.
************************************************************ * Table R5. CONTINUITY CHECK FOR SURFACE WATER * ************************************************************ Total Precipitation (Rain plus Snow) Total Infiltration Total Evaporation Surface Runoff from Watersheds Total Water remaining in Surface Storage Infiltration over the Pervious Area... -------Infiltration + Evaporation + Surface Runoff + Snow removal + Water remaining in Surface Storage + Water remaining in Snow Cover......... Total Precipitation + Initial Storage. Percent Continuity Error............... cubic feet 3.648150E+07 2.720131E+07 2.098868E+06 7.524240E+06 6.888068E+02 2.720131E+07
Inches over Total Basin 100.500 74.935 5.782 20.728 0.002 93.668
3.682510E+07 3.648150E+07
The above table shows the runoff for each sub-catchment broken into three components: (1) pervious area, (2) impervious area with depression storage, and (3) impervious area without depression storage.
################################################## # Table R9. Summary Statistics for Subcatchments # ################################################## Note: Total Runoff Depth includes pervious & impervious area. Pervious and Impervious Runoff Depth is only the runoff from those two areas. Subcatchment........... 1#1 Area (acres)........... Percent Impervious..... Total Rainfall (in).... Max Intensity (in/hr).. Pervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) Total Losses (in)...... Remaining Depth (in)... Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). Total Impervious Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 100.00000 20.00000 100.50000 2.69000 2.21554 98.28446 0.00000 98.77224 94.77749 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 54.08277 Impervious Area with depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 94.77749 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 54.08277 Impervious Area without depression storage Total Runoff Depth (in) 0.00000 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 0.00000 Total Area Total Runoff Depth (in) 20.72793 Peak Runoff Rate (cfs). 152.85500 Unit Runoff (in/hr).... 1.52855
Use the options as shown on the following pages to define the data for the Statistics utility. We define the interface file to analyze and the report file name in the Statistics File section. You should make sure the pathname is included to ensure the reading or creating of the proper file. The general data is similar to the data used in the Rainfall Utility. Use an inter-event time of 12 hours to separate the flow events.
Solve the model by clicking on the Run button n the Utility menu. There is no graphical output of the Statistics module and the user is restricted to text output as shown below.
************************************************************ * Total Flow at location 1 is 6.4119E+06 feet^3 * ************************************************************ ########################### Sequential Series of Events ########################### Total Flow Rain Flow Peak Mean Event Interevent Event Event Event Time Volume Flow Flow Duration Duration Numbr Numbr Numbr Date (hour) (ft^3) (cfs) (cfs) (hours) (hours) ----- ----- ----- ---- ------ ---------- ----- ----------1 1 0 850101 2.25 116. .02 .00 8.00 .00 2 2 0 850106 18.25 20.5 .01 .00 5.07 128.00 3 3 0 850109 8.25 1.050E+04 .38 .07 47.00 56.93 4 4 0 850114 3.25 20.7 .01 .00 5.00 68.00 5 5 0 850116 6.25 9.026E+03 .74 .15 12.17 46.00 6 6 0 850117 15.25 2.958E+03 .41 .03 18.03 20.83 7 7 0 850124 2.25 8.677E+03 1.90 .11 25.00 136.97 8 8 0 850129 3.25 129. .02 .00 7.20 96.00 9 9 0 850130 3.25 70.5 .01 .00 6.05 16.80 10 10 0 850202 18.25 48.4 .01 .00 4.03 80.95 11 11 0 850205 9.25 25.6 .01 .00 7.02 58.97 12 12 0 850209 13.25 9.126E+03 1.04 .15 13.02 92.98 13 13 0 850218 3.25 12.8 .01 .00 3.15 192.98 14 14 0 850219 8.25 110. .02 .01 4.06 25.85
1. Highways (including parking lots and airports). 2. Roof Areas 3. Residential Areas 4. Industrial Areas 5. Open Areas and Agricultural Areas Storm Water Runoff Concentrations (Mikkelson et al., 1993)
Pollutant TSS, mg/l COD, mg/l Total Nitrogen, mg/l Total Phosphorus, mg/l Pb, g/l Zn, g/l Cd, g/l Cu, g/l Urban Runoff 30-100 40-60 2 0.5 50-150 300-500 0.5-3 5-40 Highway Runoff 30-60 25-60 1-2 0.2-0.5 50-125 125-400 5-25 Roof Runoff 5-50 Less Less Less 10-100 100-1000 10-100 Atmospheric Deposition, percent 19 70 23 40 30 7 Attached to Suspended Solids, percent 75 50 70-80 30-40 70 30-40
Primary Types of Non-Point Source Pollution in Lakes in the United S tates (USDA, 1991)
Habitat Alteration 4%
Sediment 22%
Pesticides 1%
Acidity 4%
Pathogens 2%
Nutrients 58%
XP-SWMM2000 Non-Point Source Water Quality Modeling options for metals are: 1. Dissolved Constituents: EMC, Rating Curve, Exponential Washoff 2. Metals attached to Solids: Potency Factors as shown in the dialog below.
1. Storm water composite samples, or EMC EMC Washoff or Rating Curve Washoff 2. Automatic Samplers or Storm Grab Samples Rating Curve Washoff 3. Multiple Storm Samples with Time Dynamics (Varying Dry Times) Time dependent Buildup with Exponential Washoff
In 1978, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) initiated the Nationwide Urban Runoff Program (NURP) to provide a significant and reliable data source for assessing urban runoff. The NURP study was conducted from 1978 to 1983. The programs objectives were to quantify the characteristics of urban runoff, assess the impacts of urban runoff on the water quality of receiving waters, and examine the effectiveness of control practices in removing pollutants found in urban runoff. In doing so, an average of 28 storms for each of the 81 representative outfalls in 28 metropolitan areas was monitored. Locations of NURP projects across the nation are shown on the map on the following page.
VI VII VIII
III IV
Storm samples from all of the 2,300 storms monitored were analyzed for the following pollutants: Biological Oxygen Demand (BOD) Total Copper Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) Total Lead Dissolved Phosphorus Total Phosphorus Nitrite plus Nitrate Nitrogen Total Zinc Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen Total Suspended Solids
Module 47: Water Quality Theory Page 3
Samples from a limited number of storms were also analyzed for additional priority pollutants. From the analytical results, the Event Mean Concentration (EMC) defined as the total constituent mass divided by the total runoff volume for each of the above listed constituents was determined for runoff from residential, commercial, mixed residential and commercial, and open/non-urban land uses. Site Median Total P EMC Concentration Probability Density Functions for Different Land Uses
Median Storm Water Pollutant Concentrations for all Sites by Land Use, NURP
Average Storm and Time Between Storms for Selected Locations in the USA Location Average Annual Values in Hours Storm Duration Time Between Storm Midpoints 94 8.0 Atlanta, GA 85 7.2 Birmingham, AL 68 6.1 Boston, MA 55 5.8 Caribou, ME 80 6.1 Champaign-Urbana, IL 72 5.7 Chicago, IL 68 4.5 Columbia, SC 98 6.6 Davenport, IA 57 4.4 Detroit, MI 108 7.6 Gainesville, FL 70 5.0 Greensboro, SC 80 7.0 Kingston, NY 76 6.7 Louisville, KY 89 6.9 Memphis, TN 89 5.8 Mineola, NY 87 6.0 Minneapolis, MN 89 6.9 New Orleans, LA 77 6.7 New York City, NY 79 7.0 Steubenville, OH 93 3.6 Tampa, FL 62 5.0 Toledo, OH 80 5.9 Washington, DC 77 6.1 Canesville, OH ___ ___ 81 6.1 Mean Denver, CO Oakland, CA Phoenix, AZ Rapid City, SD Salt Lake City, UT Mean Portland, OR Seattle, WA Mean 9.1 4.3 3.2 8.0 7.8 ___ 6.5 15.5 21.5 ___ 18.5 144 320 286 127 133 ___ 202 83 101 ___ 92
1. application. 2. 3. 4.
Monitor 5 to 10 Outfalls identified in Part 1 of the NPOES Three storms at each outfall with 0.1 inch of rainfall, at least 72 hours of dry weather before the storm, and at least one month between collected storms. EMC's are to be determined from flow weighted composite samples. Sampled pollutants should include the following:
Organic Pollutants, Toxic Metals, Cyanide, Total Phenols, TSS, TDS, COD, TKN, BOD5 NO2+NO3, SRP, Oil and Grease, Fecal Coliforms, Fecal Streptococcus, pH, NH3+ORGN, TP 5. system. 6. Estimate annual load for each outfall. Develop a monitoring program to measure storm water discharges at representative outfalls.
NPDES Part 2 Application
7.
1. Demonstration of adequate legal authority to control industrial discharge, illicit discharges, enters into interagency agreements, insure compliance, and conduct inspections. 2. Identification of industrial discharges to municipal storm sewers. 3. Stormwater runoff characterization data 4. An estimate of annual stormwater loads for 12 constituents. 5. A schedule for providing loads and EMC's from all major outfalls. 6. A proposed follow-up monitoring program. 7. A Stormwater Management Plan (SMP) for the first five-year permit. 8. Estimates of the pollutant loads reductions resulting from the SMP 9. Fiscal analysis and information on funding sources.
Module 47: Water Quality Theory Page 6
Buildup/Washoff Options
1. Need adequate data for model usage any model. 2. User needs to be familiar with generative quality mechanisms 3. User needs local rain, flow and concentration measurements to have any confidence in water quality predictions. 4. What do we need to model? Need only total loads for most receiving water impacts. Do not need detailed predictions of the time history of concentration during the storm event. Need only calibrate and verify the total storm loads or event mean concentrations for receiving water impact prediction. Only need detailed pollutograph (concentration vs. time) when evaluating the performance of control alternatives and the violation of acute water quality objectives.
How to Use a Rating Curve with Regression Data
A log fit to the data with Q in cfs is (R2 = 0.81): C(mg/l) = 88.76Q0.104 Note: SWMM requires the load (mg/sec) vs. cfs so: Q x C 28.3 l/cu-ft = =load = 88.76 x 28.3 Q1.104 Thus RCOEF = 88.76 x 28.3 = 2511.9 and WASHPO = 1.104
2)
1. Originated from STORM model (Roesner. 1974). 2. Pollutants are associated with TSS by using potency factors or fractions. For example 5 percent of TSS is BOD5 3. Not a good method for predicting dissolved species. 4. Simple to model. Predict TSS and connect all other constituents to the TSS prediction. 5. Basis of SWMM 2 Washoff Remains in current versions of SWMM.
Create a new file called WQEXAM1.XP. Select US Customary units when prompted. Switch to the Runoff layer by selecting the Rnf icon on the toolstrip.
Now that the current layer is Runoff, select the node tool and digitize a node anywhere in the plan view. This will place a node, which represents an inlet in the Runoff layer. Select the pointer tool and using a right-mouse click choose Attributes from the pop-up menu. The attribute dialog will allow you to change the name of the node from the default to the name Watershed.
After changing the name of the node double-click in order to enter the physical catchment data as shown below. Hold down the shift key while selecting the subcatchment flag and you will not have to enter that dialog and click the OK button. That data will be entered later after we have entered global databases.
Before entering the pollutant data in the Global Database section of XP-SWMM2000 you must first activate the Water Quality Flag in the Runoff Job Control. Go to the Configuration menu and select Job Control. Then hold down the Shift key and click on Water Quality.
The Job Control of Runoff requires Time Control, Evaporation and Print Control to be set. Use the data as shown in the dialogs below.
The bulk of the water quality data is entered in the Global Database. The Global Database is a subset of the .XP file and must be populated for the simulation data Rainfall, Infiltration, Landuse, Buildup/Washoff and Pollutants. We will start with the Landuse global data. Select the Global Data from the Configuration menu. Enter a commercial and residential landuse in the global data by entering a name in the small rectangular field and then selecting the add button. Module 48: Runoff Water Quality Example - Page 3
After entering both then edit each of the land uses and select the okay button to initialize the record. The data in the Land Use record is only for the Dust and Dirt buildup method. We will not be using this option and it is also not recommended since much more rigorous methods are available.
Now enter an emc and rating curve Buildup/Washoff record to the Global Database.
Edit each of the records and use the data as shown on the next page. Module 48: Runoff Water Quality Example - Page 4
EMC data uses a mean concentration and a standard deviation. Using a standard deviation other than zero allows the model to select a new EMC for each storm using a normal distribution.
Rating Curve Washoff has its concentration based solely on the flow. The Rating curve may or may not have a buildup limit.
Now we will add a Runoff Pollutant in the Global Database named TP. After the Pollutant is added edit it and select the units as shown below.
Connect the commercial landuse to the emc Buildup/Washoff (B/W) and the residential landuse to the rating curve B/W records by selecting the appropriate land use then the corresponding B/W record.
The flexibility of the Water Quality is SWMM is substantial since it allows a unique B/W for every pollutant and for each landuse. In addition it can be seen from the dialogs above that the pollutants can be linked to snowmelt and have unique concentrations in groundwater and precipitation. Also the pollutants can have unique street sweeping efficiencies on each landuse. Now that the water quality data is entered in the global database we need to make it available for this simulation. To enable specific landuses and pollutants for our simulation we need to access the Pollutant and Landuse buttons in the Water Quality section of the Runoff Job Control.
Return to the Global Database and enter the following infiltration and rainfall records.
After entering the rainfall data shown below it can be graphed for verification. Right-mouse clicking on the graph will allow it to be exported as a graphic into a report or the actual data can be exported as a list or table.
The last bit of information remaining to set up in the model is to assign the Global Database records to the node and give a landuse breakdown. To access the data for the node Watershed double-click on it. Then double-click on the subcatchment flag to get to the Sub-Catchment dialog shown on the next page. These Global database records are selected by: 1) clicking on the Global Database buttons then 2) picking the record and choosing the Select button from the Select dialog, which enters the selected record name on the button.
The model has all of its data now and can be solved. Lets first save the model then in the Configuration menu we can select the Mode Properties command and choose as the Solve mode either the current mode (which is Runoff) or deselect the Current mode check box and select the Runoff checkbox.
Solve the model by depressing the F5 key or clicking on the Space Shuttle icon on the Toolstrip. If there are errors these must first be sorted out before being able to solve. At the completion of the solve right-mouse click on the node and select Review Results to see the detailed 1-month hydrograph and pollutograph.
In order to see the spatial reports as shown on page 1 of this tutorial select the Spatial Reports tool from the Results menu. The report is already prepared and can be loaded by selecting the Load button as shown below.
The spatial reports are then activated by selecting the Display button, which takes you to the dialog on the next page.
Choose the Object filter as nodes, the object selection as whole network and then use the show button to turn the spatial reports on. To turn off the spatial reports select the Spatial Report Settings option from the Results menu then select Hide as opposed to Show. The spatial report is shown below.
Convert the DDSWMM ASCII file by using the DD2XPSWMM.EXE converter. A sample of the DDSWMM.TXT interface file is shown later in this module. Locate the DD2XPSWMM.EXE file with Windows Explorer and double click on it to launch the application.
The conversion utility will then ask for an input ASCII interface file that you wish to be converted. Using the dialog controls navigate to the directory that contains the ddswmm.txt file. Double click on the file or click the file then the open button to select the file.
Then select a file name for the generated binary interface file that can be used in XPSWMM2000. By default the file will be the same name with the .INT as the extension. Select any appropriate name, using .INT for the extension is good convention.
The software will ask for the starting year, month, day and hour of the simulation. This is because this version of the DDSWMM interface file does not contain these values but is sequential only with a constant time step. The values can be entered as 2 or 4 digit years, 2 digit days or months with or without leading zeros from 1-9, and time in decimal hours such as 13.5 for 1:30 PM. These values need to match the simulation start date and time entered in the Hydraulics Job Control. For this tutorial use 98, 01, 01, 0 to start the interface file at midnight January 1, 1998 to match the Job Control settings.
Go to the Configuration=>Interface Files menu to select the converted file. Use the section Read Existing File in Hydraulics Layer. Use the select button to navigate to the correct directory. Double-click on the file or click the file then the open button to select the file.
Choose the F5 key or select the Analyze=>Solve menu item to route the flows in the hydraulics layer. The software will prompt with a dialog to save the results into, use the default name of DDSWMM_example.out.
After solving the model right-mouse click on the link 10123 to view the results. A hydrograph such as that shown below will indicate a successful read of the flows into the XP-SWMM model.
Confirmation of the reading of the flows is provided in the output file. It lists all of the model inflows points found on the interface file along with some other information.
########################################### # Header information from interface file: # ########################################### Title from first computational layer: Title from immediately preceding computational layer Name of preceding layer:................DDSWMM Initial Julian date (IDATEZ)...................... Initial time of day in seconds (TZERO)............ No. Transfered input locations.................... No. Transfered pollutants......................... Size of total catchment area (acres).............. ################################################# # Element numbers of interface inlet locations: # ################################################# 9109 123 89 9061 2305 275 472 9081 45 109 2123 85 8061 67 79 471 9051 9047 111 127 81 463 69 477 371 9305 49 113 2127 8081 63 9069 476 271 9515 355 115 789 9059 9063 71 475 171 51 155 119 3127 59 65 73 474 9171 53 9105 121 888 61 9065 75 473 9079 43
Conversion factor to cfs for flow units on interface file. Multiply by: 35.31467 ######## Important Information ######## Start date/time of interface file was.. 98001 0.0000 hours Start date/time of the simulation was.. 98001 0.0000 hours Same date/time found in interface file and model
Another confirmation of the reading of the flows is provided in the output file in table E19. It lists all of the model inflows. The column of interface file inflows is the flows read from the converted DDSWMM interface file.
*===================================================* | Table E19 - Junction Inflow Sources | | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 | | depending on the units in your model.| *===================================================* Constant Inflow to Node ---------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 User Inflow to Node ----------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Interface Inflow to Node ----------1353.4501 62032.7153 927.7501 2711.8502 2215.2902 1524.0601 2050.2902 1139.9401 856.6201 1042.9201 1922.7902 699.7801 2628.0902 924.4801 DWF Inlow to Node ----------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Junction Name ------109 111 113 115 119 121 123 127 789 9109 59 61 463 63
Outflow from Node ----------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 68373.5763 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Evaporation from Node ----------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
. . Truncated list . 473 0.0000 474 0.0000 475 0.0000 476 0.0000 477 0.0000
2127 789 3127 888 89 85 61 9061 8061 463 63 9063 69 9069 71 73 75 275 474 473 472 471 371 271 9051 9305 9515 51 53 43 155 9105 35.31467 0 0.0 300.0 0.000 0 300.0 300.0 0.000 0 600.0 300.0 0.000 0 900.0 300.0 0.000 0 1200.0 300.0 0.004 0 1500.0 300.0 0.024 0 1800.0 300.0 0.082 0 2100.0 300.0 0.142 0 2400.0 300.0 0.132 0 2700.0 300.0 0.134 0 3000.0 300.0 0.133 0 3300.0 300.0 0.133 0 3600.0 300.0 0.147 0 3900.0 300.0 0.160 0 4200.0 300.0 0.198 0 4500.0 300.0 0.198 0 4800.0 300.0 0.198 0 5100.0 300.0 0.198 0 5400.0 300.0 0.198 0 5700.0 300.0 0.198 0 6000.0 300.0 0.198 0 6300.0 300.0 0.198 0 6600.0 300.0 0.198 0 6900.0 300.0 0.198 0 7200.0 300.0 0.152 0 7500.0 300.0 0.076 0 7800.0 300.0 0.051 0 8100.0 300.0 0.035 0 8400.0 300.0 0.025 0 8700.0 300.0 0.019 0 9000.0 300.0 0.015 0 9300.0 300.0 0.013 0 9600.0 300.0 0.013 0 9900.0 300.0 0.013 0 10200.0 300.0 0.013 0 10500.0 300.0 0.000
81 8081 9059 59 65 9065 2305 67 79 477 476 475 171 9171 9079 90 81 45 9047 49 355
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.006 0.031 0.107 0.184 0.171 0.173 0.173 0.173 0.190 0.207 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.257 0.197 0.099 0.066 0.046 0.033 0.024 0.019 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.017 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.002 0.013 0.046 0.083 0.080 0.081 0.081 0.081 0.088 0.096 0.129 0.157 0.158 0.158 0.158 0.158 0.158 0. 158 0.158 0.158 0.127 0.077 0.056 0.041 0.031 0.024 0.018 0.014 0.011 0.009 0.008 0.000
0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.019 0.138 0.284 0.292 0.298 0.297 0.301 0.325 0.370 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.515 0.432 0.261 0.179 0.129 0.094 0.069 0.051 0.039 0.033 0.032 0.045
Load the file FRENCH_DRAINS.XP to explore the methods employed to model a French drain. Solve the model and follow this tutorial to see the results.
As can be seen in the screen capture on the previous page the French drain system travels parallel the length of the street then down a steep hillside to a detention pond. The French drain is contained in the multilinks, which are displayed as dashed lines.
The French drain is modeled by using two conduits in the multilink. The first conduit named Perf1 is a circular conduit with inverts, diameter and length equal to those of the perforated conduit in the French drain.
The second link is a rectangular conduit representing the rock filled trench. It has a height equal to the trench height, and a length equal to the trench length. Its width however is adjusted to be equal to the porosity of the trench times the trench width. This ensures that the trench has the right storage volume. The conduit also is given a very high Mannings roughness to retard the flow and represent the energy losses through the voids.
These two adjustments to the width and the roughness are estimates only, and would require engineering judgment for their selection and they should also be calibrated whenever possible. The third and final conduit is a trapezoid, which is used to represent the street or overland flow pathways when the trench and perforated conduit are surcharged. A natural channel could be selected if a trapezoid is not suitable for example if the geometry is not simple.
The invert elevations for the conduits and junctions are the key for it to function properly. The perforated conduit is above the invert of the conduit for the trench. It is only the perforated conduit that penetrates the manhole. Therefore the invert of the downstream trench is raised up a height equal to the distance from the invert of the perforated pipe to the trench bottom. This forces the water to be impounded up to a level equal to the invert of the perforated pipe. This stepping of the inverts is shown in the picture below. By selecting the fourth and fifth links then selecting the Dynamic Long Section tool from the Results menu easily view this.
Selecting the first three lengths and then using the Dynamic long section shows in the first link the perforated pipe in the second the trench and then the street section. The magenta line is the maximum HGL at any time, the brown line is the ground surface and the gray lines are the crown and invert levels.
Although each section of the French drain model has all three conduit types only one conduit per section can be shown at one time. Use the plot radio button in the multilink dialog to change to a different conduit.
The dynamic long section tool now includes a window for the dynamic cross section. It is shown on the next page matching the view above. Notice that the perforated conduit is surcharged and the depth in the trench is about half full. There is no flow in the street at this flow rate. Rerunning the model at a higher flow rate will cause the French drain to surcharge and there will be flow predicted in the street. Module 54: A Method for Modeling French Drains Page 4
Return to the network and right-mouse click to select the link L4 and choose Review Results. The flows in all conduits will be shown in time series. Although there is a total combined peak flow from all upstream catchments to this point of 93 l/s the combined routed peak at this point is only about 45 l/s. The peak flow is much less because of the volume stored in the French drain and also the high losses throughout the trench.
Now rerun the model with a new total rainfall depth of 100 mm instead of the existing 50 mm and review results on link L4. See the end of this module for instruction on editing the rainfall. Now we have street flow. The peak flow in the street is almost 300 l/s. The French drain is very effective at capturing small flows and recharging the groundwater table.
Another goal of this French drain system is to store the 6-month to the 5-year storm flow in the downstream detention pond. The detention pond and its outlet structure should be sized so that up to the 5-year is stored in the pond. Flows in excess of this are discharged. The stage-storage relationship of the pond is entered in the Storage section of the hydraulics node. The Outlet structure can be modeled as a series of orifices, weirs and culverts or can be simply modeled as a rating curve outfall. Double-click on the node N8 to see both the Outfall and Storage flags checked.
Double-clicking on both the Storage and the outfall buttons will take you to the dialogs shown below. Storage: Is entered as depth from the invert and area in hectares.
The resulting hydrographs (stage vs. time) for the nodes is shown above for the 50 mm and 100 mm storms. In the case of the 100 mm storm the level in the pond reaches its banks and overflows. This indicates that the storage is insufficient and or the outlet structure is under designed. The rainfall can be edited in the Global database, which is found by selecting Global Database from the Configuration menu. Choose the record type of (R) Rainfall then edit the SCS Type II rainfall record. Enter 50 or 100 as the multiplier in the constant Time Interval dialog. Since the rainfall data is cumulative depth to 1 mm the multiplier can be used to insert the appropriate depth for a given return period.
The two subcatchments have four physical parameters, use the EPA Runoff Hydrology, and are connected to two global databases for rainfall and infiltration. This data can be viewed by doubleclicking on the nodes Upstream and Upper Pond and on the selected subcatchment buttons.
Module 55: Offline Storage with Real Time Control Regulator Page 1
The interface file from the Runoff layer is named as the Create New File in Runoff Layer section of the Interface File dialog. This dialog is accessed under the Configuration menu in the interface. The same named interface file should be entered in the Read Existing File in Hydraulics Layer. Two locations will be saved to the Runoff interface file; these are nodes Upper Pond and Upstream.
The two flow time series will be read by Hydraulics and routed through the open and closed conduit network shown in the network. Click on the Hyd icon to move to the Hydraulics layer of XP-SWMM2000. The low flow will be diverted down the conduit diversion to the Upper pond and Lower pond storage nodes. The regulator will control the flow down the regulator link dependent on the depth of water in node. A regulator is defined in a multi-link under the Special list of conduits. The regulator in a row modifies the behavior of a conduit in that row. Double-click on the Special conduit in the first row to look at the regulator.
Module 55: Offline Storage with Real Time Control Regulator Page 2
The regulator data is set up in the following way: A table of depth versus flow multiplier is entered in the data fields. A multiplier of zero means that no flow will go through conduit rcp. In the above table until the depth of water in node Upper Pond exceeds 8 feet there will be no flow in conduit rcp.
Also note that Upper Pond is initialized at a depth of 7 feet. This leaves a maximum 1 foot of bounce (difference between control and the maximum water surface elevation) before the regulator will open.
Solve the model and look at the results using Review Results. You can see the influence of the regulator and the delayed hydrograph through the two ponds. Notice the time that the water surface elevation in Upper Pond is above 746 ft. This is the same time frame that there is flow in rcp as we would expect from our rule in the regulator.
Module 55: Offline Storage with Real Time Control Regulator Page 3
Highlight the Upstream through Outlet set of conduits. To accomplish this you could highlight the whole model and then using the shift key and the left mouse button deselect link regulator. The long section plot can only show straight runs of links. Next use the long section icon and look at the long section plot. You can see the dead storage in the two ponds. Experiment and try to zoom in on the center section of the network.
Module 55: Offline Storage with Real Time Control Regulator Page 4
An important table in the output file is Table E5a, which lists the internal time step for each conduit during the simulation. The conduit in the above table with the most control over the internal time step is link Up Outlet.
*==========================================================* | Table E5a - Conduit Explicit Condition Summary | | Courant = Conduit Length | | Time step = -------------------------------| | Velocity + sqrt(g*depth) | | | | Conduit Implicit Condition Summary | | Courant = Conduit Length | | Time step = -------------------------------| | Velocity | *==========================================================* | The 3rd column is the Explicit time step times the | | minimum courant time step factor | | | | Minimum Conduit Time Step in seconds in the 4th column | | in the list. Maximum possible is 10 * maximum time step | | | | The 5th column is the maximum change at any time step | | during the simulation. The 6th column is the wobble | | value which is an indicator of the flow stability. | | | | You should use this section to find those conduits that | | are slowing your model down. Use modify conduits to | | alter the length of the slow conduits to make your | | simulation faster, or change the conduit name to | | "CHME?????" where ????? are any characters, this will | | lengthen the conduit based on the model time step, | | not the value listed in modify conduits. | *==========================================================* Conduit -------Main Diversion Up Outlet Low Outlet Cont rcp control The conduit The conduit The conduit consecutive Time(exp) --------23.07 5.53 10.52 32.91 11.98 16.99 3000.00 with with with time Expl*Cmin Time(imp) --------- --------23.07 34.56 5.53 9.39 10.52 18.53 32.91 66.49 11.98 18.16 16.99 28.53 3000.00 3000.00 Time(min) --------110.0 645.0 865.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Max Qchange Wobble ----------- -------4.965 0.803 -1.775 154.067 0.066 1.529 0.013 0.508 35.895 1.494 -9.397 1.504 0.000 0.000 Type of Soln -----------Normal Soln Normal Soln Normal Soln Normal Soln Normal Soln Normal Soln Normal Soln
the smallest time step limitation was..Up Outlet the largest wobble was.................Diversion the largest flow change in any step...................................Cont
Module 55: Offline Storage with Real Time Control Regulator Page 5
The internal time step is controlled by the minimum courant time step factor. This model will run faster if the courant time step factor is 2 or 3. The selection of the time step factor should be based in the overall continuity error and the model efficiency. A low efficiency and low continuity error means that the model will run faster if the courant time step factor is increased.
Module 55: Offline Storage with Real Time Control Regulator Page 6
Module 56: Typical RunoffHydraulics Surface Pond with Weir/Orifice Outlet Structure
Synopsis
In this module we will connect a Runoff layer inlet to a small Hydraulics layer network with one storage pond a weir and orifice outlet from the storage pond. In this case we are examining an outlet structure with weirs and orifices in parallel. Open up the file SURFACEPOND.XP from your work directory to start this module.
The weir and orifice are always located in a multi-link conduit. There is a weir and orifice in series connecting the storage node to the node junction.
Module 56: Typical RunoffHydraulics Surface Pond with Weir/Orifice Outlet Structure Page 1
The orifice is a circular side outlet orifice with an area of 0.5 ft2 and has an invert of 9.5 ft as shown above. The weir data is shown above for the weir in the multi-link. Its length is actually the perimeter of the top of the riser structure. The storage node is a variable storage area with a total area of 4 acres and at a depth of 5 feet.
Module 56: Typical RunoffHydraulics Surface Pond with Weir/Orifice Outlet Structure Page 2
Solve the model and review the flows. To see just the weir and the orifice only highlight the weir & orifice link. The weir has flow only during the middle of the storm event. The total flow through the reach is a combination of the weir and orifice when the two are in parallel.
Hydrographs can be generated for reports from XP-SWMM2000 in the output file as a table that will summarize the inflow, outflow, and storage of a node. You get this output table if you select Detail Printout in a Hydraulics node. The model will print at the summary interval defined in the output control located in the Hydraulics layer job control.
Module 56: Typical RunoffHydraulics Surface Pond with Weir/Orifice Outlet Structure Page 3
Shown below is the output table in Hydraulics that contains the area of a node, the volume of a node, the inflow and outflow of a node. Search for Max Ground Elevation.
*=======================================================* | T i m e H i s t o r y o f t h e H. G. L. ( feet) | *=======================================================* Time Hr:Mn:Sc -------12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 13 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 Max Ground Elevation: 15.00 Max Crown Elevation: 15.00 Junction:Pond A1 Elevation Depth Totl Area Node Area Volume ------------- --------- --------- --------10.07 10.26 10.44 10.60 10.73 10.83 10.89 10.93 10.95 10.95 10.94 10.93 10.90 2.070.1012E+060.8914E+050.1079E+06 2.260.1062E+060.9459E+050.1251E+06 2.440.1094E+060.9987E+050.1428E+06 2.600.1137E+060.1045E+060.1589E+06 2.730.1174E+060.1083E+060.1728E+06 2.830.1187E+060.1112E+060.1838E+06 2.890.1146E+060.1131E+060.1910E+06 2.930.1157E+060.1142E+060.1952E+06 2.950.1192E+060.1147E+060.1972E+06 2.950.1187E+060.1148E+060.1976E+06 2.940.1196E+060.1145E+060.1967E+06 2.930.1180E+060.1141E+060.1948E+06 2.900.1185E+060.1134E+060.1922E+06
Inflow -----27.02 33.22 34.41 33.91 32.04 28.18 23.73 20.23 17.50 15.19 12.99 11.13 9.551
Outflow ------1.236 5.151 10.51 16.16 21.35 25.63 28.54 30.26 31.07 31.23 30.87 30.10 29.04
Module 56: Typical RunoffHydraulics Surface Pond with Weir/Orifice Outlet Structure Page 4
In order for the flows to pass from the Runoff layer to any other layer an interface file must be created. This interface file will contain one location: the node Catchment in the runoff layer as it is the only active object and also it is a terminating end point with no immediate downstream active object. The Runoff layer will save automatically any end of the network to the interface file. Sanitary will read this interface file (wetweather.int) and create a new interface file (combinedflows.int) that will go to the Hydraulics layer. These interface files are designated in the Interface File dialog accessed from the Configuration menu as is shown on the next page.
The Sanitary layer will only save to the interface file those locations designated by the user in the Create New File in Runoff Layer. We will save only the node Catchment to the interface file that goes to the Hydraulics layer. This checkbox is shown below for the Sanitary node Catchment.
Hydraulics will read the file combinedflows.int to drive the network. This was the file created by the Sanitary layer of XP-SWMM2000 and includes the wet weather inputs from Runoff and the dry weather flows generated by the Sanitary layer as one combined hydrograph.
The Hydraulics layer of the model will route the interface file flows from the Sanitary layer to the outfall node. A significant difference between the results of Sanitary and Hydraulics in this model is due to the storage pond area and storage pond routing differences in both layers. The data in a Hydraulics storage node is entered as a series of depth and area (acres or hectares) values in the stepwise linear data dialog in the storage node dialog.
The area in a Sanitary storage node is entered as rows of depth, area in ft2 or m2, and the outflow from the node in cfs or cms. This is very different from a Hydraulics storage node where the outflow from the node is based on the depth of water at the upstream and downstream end of the diversion or conduit leaving the storage node. In Sanitary the flows have to be specified either as a direct outflow, pumped flow, or power function flow and are not subject to external backwater effects.
Solve the model and review the results of the Runoff layer node labeled Catchment to view the surface runoff hydrograph. The peak flow should be about 110 cfs.
Review the flow in the two conduits of the Sanitary layer. Notice that the flow in the second conduit is only 8 cfs because of the outflow restriction in the storage node. This was entered in the column as Direct Outflow.
Notice the difference when you review the results of the flow in the two Hydraulics conduits.
Open the output file to view the programs modifications to the conduit pipe
Increase Increase Increase Increase Increase Increase Increase Increase Increase diameter diameter diameter diameter diameter diameter diameter diameter diameter of of of of of of of of of conduit conduit conduit conduit conduit conduit conduit conduit conduit pipe pipe pipe pipe pipe pipe pipe pipe pipe by by by by by by by by by 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 6.0 6.0 */ inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches to to to to to to to to to 1.250 1.500 1.750 2.000 2.250 2.500 3.000 3.500 4.000 feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet feet or or or or or or or or or 15.0 18.0 21.0 24.0 27.0 30.0 36.0 42.0 48.0 inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches inches
The above data was also saved to file all3layers.des and was created by invoking the design option for the downstream conduit. This file is automatically imported at the end of the run and updates all designed conduits. It can also be imported as an XPX file at a later time, as it is stored on the disk.
The design algorithm only increases the conduits DEEP parameter (diameter for circular) by nominal pipe size increments. It does not optimize the design by allowing a certain level of surcharge but rather it increases pipe sizes to eliminate the surcharge.
In earlier versions of XP-SWMM users could initialize the whole model to an elevation of 87 meters, which equals the fixed backwater condition at outfall node 10 by employing the configuration parameter ZREF=87. Since XP-SWMM2000 (Version 7) this parameter is automatically employed when a fixed backwater outfall without a tide gate is employed. In this case the model is initialized so that the water surface at the beginning of the run is set to the fixed backwater throughout the entire network. Using a tide gate would not allow the model to be automatically initialized. Module 58: Hydraulics Layer Quick Flow and Stability Page 1
Below is the water surface elevation at the beginning of the simulation. The automatic initialization has filled up the network to an elevation of 87 meters. All points below this level are immediately inundated.
At the beginning of the run the conduits are filling up to the constant flow from node 1 of 1 cms. In this instance the conduits are not surcharged an are flowing at much less than capacity.
The inflow at node 6 has begun. The inflow will eventually peak at 30 cms. The effect to this point has been to increase the depth at node 6. This causes a reverse flow in conduit 7 due to the negative hydraulic grade line.
The inflow at node 6 has caused the upstream conduits to surcharge. Even though flow is less than capacity and is still 1 cms, the conduits are under surcharge because of backwater effects.
The flow upstream of node 6 is now 1 cms since all of the water has drained from the conduits. The conduits are no longer surcharged. The magenta line on the graphs shows the peak elevation during the simulation.
Expanding the time series plot for conduit 3 shows the reverse flows and the effects of conduit storage.
The inlet or grate data is entered as an orifice in the multi-conduit dialog. The orifice is modeled with the parameter ORFULL so that only the full orifice flow will be allowed in the orifice equivalent conduit. The orifice or grate data is shown below. Each of the orifices have the same geometry.
The road sections are natural (HEC-2) channels with three roughness values. The road sections data is similar to the GR line data in HEC-2.
You can graph the section coordinates. The maximum depth of the natural channel is either calculated from the data as a difference in the max and min values.
Highlight the whole model and then holding down the shift key and the clicking with the left mouse button unhighlight orifice 2, orifice 3 and orifice 4. After solving the network use the long section icon and look at the flow in the two sections of the network. The flow starts in the road before the hydraulic grade reaches the road elevation because the orifice blocks the flow into the subsurface conduits. In a normal Hydraulics simulation without the orifice all of the flow would go into the subsurface conduits until the hydraulic grade line reached the road elevation. A manhole can accept any amount of water.
An alternative to modeling the connection as orifices is to use the Inlet Capacity functions of XPSWMM2000 in the Hydraulics layer and simulate the two conduits (street and pipe) in multi-conduits. This scenario is outlined in Workshop Example 1.
The seepage conduit is an other conduit in the special dialog list in multi-conduits.
Factor #1 should be called function, and the type number must be 5000. The power function equation is entered on line 1 to activate the seepage conduit. The equation for function conduits is Q=Column1* ZupColumn3- Column2* ZdnColumn4 And in this case: Q = 0.1 * Zup2 where, Q is the flow Zup = Upstream depth Column1=0.1 and Column3=2
===================================================== Input Information for functional channels seepage ===================================================== Equation: 0.100 ** 2.000 0.000 ** 0.000 Point Data Data Data Data No. Column Column Column Column # 1 # 2 # 3 # 4 -------------------- --------1 0.100 0.000 0.000 2.000
Solve the model and review the flow in the seepage conduit and the output table from the output file with the data for the power function conduit shown above.
The seepage conduit is an other conduit in the special dialog list in multi-conduits.
Factor #1 should be called function, and the type number must be 5000. The power function equation is entered on line 1 to activate the seepage conduit. The equation for function conduits is Q=Column1* ZupColumn3- Column2* ZdnColumn4 And in this case: Q = 0.1 * Zup2 where, Q is the flow Zup = Upstream depth Column1=0.1 Column 2=0.05 Column3=2 and Column 4=2. Solve the model and review the flow in the seepage conduit and the output table from the output file with the data for the power function conduit shown above. The flow is negative because of the downstream boundary condition.
Each weir in the network is 2 feet long, with a weir crest elevation of 12 feet and a weir top of 15 feet. There is one weir in each multi-link dialog.
Solve the model and look at the flow out of the pond ducks. One weir has positive flow and the other weir has negative flow.
The flow in the weir is converted to flow in an orifice when the US elevation reaches the crown or top of the weir entered in the weir data dialog.
*===========================================* | Weir Data | *===========================================* Weir From To Name Junction Junction --------- ---------- ---------WEIR#1 Duckpond 202 WEIR#2 202 205 WEIR#3 205 Duckpond WEIR#4 202 207 WEIR#5 207 203 WEIR#6 203 204 WEIR#7 204 206 WEIR#8 206 203 WEIR#9 203 202 WEIR#10 205 207 WEIR#11 207 206 Type ---1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Crest Height(ft) ---------1.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 2.00 1.00 1.00 2.00 1.00 2.00 2.00 Weir Top(ft) ------5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 5.00 Weir Discharge Weir Length(ft) Coefficient Power ---------- ----------- -------2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000 2.00 3.1000 1.5000
Load the model ALLORF.XP. Each orifice is a rectangular side outlet with a discharge elevation of 13 feet. The orifice data is always located in the multi-conduit dialog.
Solve the model and review the results. The orifices can have both positive and negative flow.
*=================================* | Conduit Convergence Criteria | *=================================* Conduit Name ----------239 241 243 ORF # 1 ORF # 2 ORF # 3 ORF # 4 ORF # 5 ORF # 6 ORF # 7 ORF # 8 ORF # 9 ORF # 10 ORF # 11 Full Flow ---------55.5163 55.5163 55.5163 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 4.5396 Conduit Slope ---------0.0001 0.0001 0.0001 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Using the configuration parameter ORFULL will restrict the maximum orifice flow to the flow listed in the conduit convergence criteria section of the model output file.
====> EQUIVALENT PIPE INFORMATION FOR ORIFICE CONDUIT NAME........................... Upstream node........................... Downstream node......................... PIPE DIAMETER........................ PIPE LENGTH.......................... MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... INVERT ELEVATION AT UPSTREAM END..... INVERT ELEVATION AT DOWNSTREAM END... ====> EQUIVALENT PIPE INFORMATION FOR ORIFICE CONDUIT NAME........................... Upstream node........................... Downstream node......................... PIPE DIAMETER........................ PIPE LENGTH.......................... MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... INVERT ELEVATION AT UPSTREAM END..... INVERT ELEVATION AT DOWNSTREAM END... ====> EQUIVALENT PIPE INFORMATION FOR ORIFICE CONDUIT NAME........................... Upstream node........................... Downstream node......................... PIPE DIAMETER........................ PIPE LENGTH.......................... MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... INVERT ELEVATION AT UPSTREAM END..... INVERT ELEVATION AT DOWNSTREAM END... ====> EQUIVALENT PIPE INFORMATION FOR ORIFICE CONDUIT NAME........................... Upstream node........................... Downstream node......................... PIPE DIAMETER........................ PIPE LENGTH.......................... MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... INVERT ELEVATION AT UPSTREAM END..... INVERT ELEVATION AT DOWNSTREAM END... ====> EQUIVALENT PIPE INFORMATION FOR ORIFICE CONDUIT NAME........................... Upstream node........................... Downstream node......................... PIPE DIAMETER........................ PIPE LENGTH.......................... MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... INVERT ELEVATION AT UPSTREAM END..... INVERT ELEVATION AT DOWNSTREAM END... 1 ORIF#1 Duckpond 202 0.50 300.00 0.0046 13.0000 12.9900 2 ORIF#2 202 205 0.50 300.00 0.0046 13.0000 12.9900 3 ORIF#3 205 Duckpond 0.50 300.00 0.0046 13.0000 12.9900 4 ORIF#4 202 207 0.50 300.00 0.0046 13.0000 12.9900 5 ORIF#5 207 203 0.50 300.00 0.0046 13.0000 12.9900
The orifices are converted into equivalent pipes in the program. The output file will list the equivalent pipe information as is shown above.
Solve the model using the ORFULL parameter and you will see that all of the orifices are restricted to the maximum orifice flow of about 4.5 cfs after the parameter ORFULL is used in the SWMM parameter list.
These are: AS: Area and Stage - this is the default, AE: Area and Elevation, VE: Volume and Elevation, and VS: Volume and Stage. The volume methods are not currently recommended due to their generation of continuity errors. The first file to load is MOD66.XP. The physical characteristics of the pond or lake are entered in the stepwise linear storage dialog as shown below. The area of the lake is 4 acres at a depth of 4 feet.
The default method for using storage node data is the option AS, which means area - stage, the program will interpolate and make four times as many data points as entered in the stepwise linear dialog.
*==========================================* | Storage Junction Data | *==========================================* MAXIMUM OR STORAGE JUNCTION JUNCTION CONSTANT SURFACE NUMBER OR NAME TYPE AREA (FT2) -------------- -------- ---------------storage Stage/Area 174240.0000
CROWN DEPTH ELEVATION STARTS (FT) FROM --------- ----------110.0000 Node Invert
*==================================* | Variable storage data for node |storage *==================================* Data Elevation Depth Area Point ft ft ft^2 ===== ========= ====== =========== 1 100.0000 0.0000 4.3560 2 100.3333 0.3333 1454.9025 3 100.6667 0.6667 2905.4535 4 101.0000 1.0000 4356.0000 5 101.3333 1.3333 17423.9869 6 101.6667 1.6667 30492.0131 7 102.0000 2.0000 43560.0000 8 102.3333 2.3333 58079.9855 9 102.6667 2.6667 72600.0145 10 103.0000 3.0000 87120.0000 11 103.3333 3.3333 116159.9710 12 103.6667 3.6667 145200.0290 13 104.0000 4.0000 174240.0000 14 110.0000 10.0000 174240.0000
Volume ft^3 ============ 0.0000 170.9851 883.9154 2086.0256 5474.0204 13359.1230 25636.5476 42518.6123 64253.7016 90836.9348 124601.0643 168071.2429 221237.7092 221237.7092
Area acres =========== 0.0001 0.0334 0.0667 0.1000 0.4000 0.7000 1.0000 1.3333 1.6667 2.0000 2.6667 3.3333 4.0000 4.0000
Volume ac-ft ============ 0.0000 0.0039 0.0203 0.0479 0.1257 0.3067 0.5885 0.9761 1.4751 2.0853 2.8604 3.8584 5.0789 5.0789
Solve the model and review the stage history in node storage.
Load and solve the model MOD66A.XP and look at the depths in node storage. This file uses the option VS so that in the storage node the data entered is depth and volume. The label on the column will always say area even though the data entered is volume, however, the analysis will interpret the data as volume because of the configuration parameter. The table below is generated in the output file.
*==========================================* | Storage Junction Data | *==========================================* MAXIMUM OR PEAK OR CROWN DEPTH STORAGE JUNCTION JUNCTION CONSTANT SURFACE CONSTANT VOLUME ELEVATION STARTS NUMBER OR NAME TYPE AREA (FT2) (CUBIC FEET) (FT) FROM -------------- -------- ------------------------------ --------- ----------storage Stage/Vol 666000.0000 222000.0000 110.0000 Node Invert *==================================* | Variable storage data for node |storage *==================================* Data Elevation Depth Area Volume Point ft ft ft^2 ft^3 ===== ========= ====== ==== ====== 1 100.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 2 100.3333 0.3333 2180.0002 726.6660 3 100.6667 0.6667 4360.0001 1453.3341 4 101.0000 1.0000 6540.0000 2180.0000 5 101.3333 1.3333 30660.0000 10219.9920 6 101.6667 1.6667 54780.0000 18260.0080 7 102.0000 2.0000 78900.0000 26300.0000 8 102.3333 2.3333 144100.0000 48033.3116 9 102.6667 2.6667 209300.0000 69766.6884 10 103.0000 3.0000 274500.0000 91500.0000 11 103.3333 3.3333 405000.0000 134999.9565 12 103.6667 3.6667 535500.0000 178500.0435 13 104.0000 4.0000 666000.0000 222000.0000
Load and solve the model MOD66B.XP and look at the data in node storage. This file uses the option VE with the storage node data entered as elevation and volume. The label on the column will always say depth and area even though the data entered is elevation and volume, however, the analysis will interpret the data as elevation and volume because of the configuration parameter. The table below is generated in the output file.
*==========================================* | Storage Junction Data | *==========================================* STORAGE JUNCTION JUNCTION NUMBER OR NAME TYPE -------------- -------storage Elev/Vol MAXIMUM OR CONSTANT SURFACE AREA (FT2) ---------------666000.0000 PEAK OR CONSTANT VOLUME (CUBIC FEET) --------------222000.0000 CROWN DEPTH ELEVATION STARTS (FT) FROM --------- ----------110.0000 Node Invert
*==================================* | Variable storage data for node |storage *==================================* Data Elevation Depth Area Point ft ft ft^2 ===== ========= ====== ==== 1 100.0000 0.0000 0.0000 2 100.3333 0.3333 2180.0002 3 100.6667 0.6667 4360.0001 4 101.0000 1.0000 6540.0000 5 101.3333 1.3333 30660.0000 6 101.6667 1.6667 54780.0000 7 102.0000 2.0000 78900.0000 8 102.3333 2.3333 144100.0000 9 102.6667 2.6667 209300.0000 10 103.0000 3.0000 274500.0000 11 103.3333 3.3333 405000.0000 12 103.6667 3.6667 535500.0000 13 104.0000 4.0000 666000.0000
Volume ft^3 ====== 0.0000 726.6660 1453.3341 2180.0000 10219.9920 18260.0080 26300.0000 48033.3116 69766.6884 91500.0000 134999.9565 178500.0435 222000.0000
Load and solve the model MOD66C.XP and look at the data in node storage. This file uses the option AE so that in the storage node the data entered is elevation and area. The label on the column will always say depth even though the data entered is elevation, however, the analysis will interpret the data as elevation because of the configuration parameter. The table below is generated in the output file.
*==========================================* | Storage Junction Data | *==========================================* MAXIMUM OR PEAK OR CROWN DEPTH STORAGE JUNCTION JUNCTION CONSTANT SURFACE CONSTANT VOLUME ELEVATION STARTS NUMBER OR NAME TYPE AREA (FT2) (CUBIC FEET) (FT) FROM -------------- -------- ------------------------------ --------- ----------storage Elev/Area 174240.0000 221237.7092 110.0000 Node Invert *==================================* | Variable storage data for node |storage *==================================* Data Elevation Depth Area Volume Point ft ft ft^2 ft^3 ===== ========= ====== ==== ====== 1 100.0000 0.0000 4.3560 0.0000 2 100.3333 0.3333 1454.9025 170.9851 3 100.6667 0.6667 2905.4535 883.9154 4 101.0000 1.0000 4356.0000 2086.0256 5 101.3333 1.3333 17423.9869 5474.0204 6 101.6667 1.6667 30492.0131 13359.1230 7 102.0000 2.0000 43560.0000 25636.5476 8 102.3333 2.3333 58079.9855 42518.6123 9 102.6667 2.6667 72600.0145 64253.7016 10 103.0000 3.0000 87120.0000 90836.9348 11 103.3333 3.3333 116159.9710 124601.0643 12 103.6667 3.6667 145200.0290 168071.2429 13 104.0000 4.0000 174240.0000 221237.7092
The regulator will control the behavior of the conduit on the same row as the regulator. In the above multiconduit dialog the regulator in the special column will regulated the conduit regulated. Note: each regulator needs to have a unique name as shown below.
The regulator looks at a control node listed in the Node Name box, and based on the depth of water at the control node the program will control the flow in the regulated conduit. For example, in the above example the flow in normal in conduit regulated until the depth of water reaches 2 feet in node 1a and then the flow becomes zero (according to the multiplier).
Solve the model and look at the flow in conduit regulated. The flow is positive until the depth is 2 feet, then the flow is zero, and finally the flow is positive again when the depth of water reaches 2 feet in node 1a.
The data for a user-defined weir goes in the multi-conduit under special and under the category user defined weirs with a unique weir name.
The data for the weir consists of a table of depth (above the upstream node invert), weir length, and weir exponent and weir discharge coefficient. The above weir has a 1-foot slot from 0 to 3 feet then a main weir 15 feet wide at 3 feet and 25 feet wide at 4 feet. The ground the rises to 9 feet and is steadily sloped to that point. This data can be graphed and printed by selecting the graph button. Solve the model and review the flow in the user-defined weir. The weir data is also echoed in the output file in a table similar to one shown below.
===================================================== Input Information from Internal Weir weirs ===================================================== Point Data Data Data Data No. Column Column Column Column # 1 # 2 # 3 # 4 -------------------- --------1 0.000 3.100 0.000 0.000 2 0.100 3.100 1.000 1.500 3 3.000 3.100 1.000 1.500 4 3.010 3.100 15.000 1.500 5 4.000 3.100 15.000 1.500 6 4.010 3.100 25.000 1.500 7 5.000 3.100 25.000 1.500 8 9.000 3.100 30.000 1.500
Sanitary will create an interface file containing the time series flows and concentrations (if simulated) for Hydraulics.
Hydraulics will read the created interface file and route the flows through the sanitary network. When we solve the model we will solve both the sanitary and hydraulic layer.
The dry weather flows (DWF) can be calculated as Direct Flow, Unit Flow Rate, Census Based or using the dated EPA SWMM methodology. In all cases flows are multiplied by diurnal and weekly patterns for dry weather flow. The node DWF uses the Direct Flow which is then the mean DWF and it is multiplied by the peaking factors to generate the hydrograph.
The flow generated for seven days in the Sanitary layer is shown below.
Alternatively, the peaking factors can be held constant for the hourly and daily periods using the configuration parameter INTERP_DWF=OFF. That result is shown below.
The flow in the first conduit of the Hydraulics layer is shown below.
The Sanitary layer will save three locations to the interface file. Two locations are the flows read from the Runoff interface file and the other is the generated dry weather flow (DWF). All nodes in Sanitary that are desired to be on an interface file must be tagged by checking the Save Outflows to SWMM Interface File.
The nodes Watershed and Catchment in the Sanitary layer are simply manholes that capture the inflow from the runoff layer and resave the flow on an interface file. The inflow equals the outflow through these nodes. The Sanitary layer interface file is a combination of Runoff and the flows at generated at node dwf.
The Hydraulics layer merges the flows in the sanitary and combined sewer area and routes the flow through all of the conduits and diversions. This is because all of the flows have been passed to it from the Sanitary layer interface file.
In this simulation the program will solve all three layers. The layer all solved consecutively from top to bottom as first Runoff the Sanitary then Hydraulics.
Solve the model and review the conduit in conduit 219, the connection between the sanitary and combined sewer. A negative flow means that there was an overflow from the combined sewer to the storm sewer network.
The entrance, exit and expansion/contraction coefficients are entered in the conduit factors dialog.
The conduit factors data is printed out in Table E2 of the output file.
*==================================================* | Table E2 - Conduit Factor Data | *==================================================* Conduit Name -----Culvert Time Low Flow Depth at Number Entrance Exit Exp/Contc Weighting Roughness Which Flow of Barrels Loss Coef Loss Coef Coefficnt Parameter Factor n Changes Routing ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------1.0000 0.5000 1.0000 0.0000 0.6500 1.0000 0.0000 Standard-Dynamic
The output file also lists the headwater (HW), tailwater (TW), normal and critical depth for the peak flow in any culvert. See Table E13 in any of the output files. The head loss in Table E13 is due to the entrance and exit losses. You can use this table to compare the XP-SWMM output to a culvert nomograph.
*===============================================================* | Table E13. Channel losses(H), headwater depth (HW), tailwater | | depth (TW), critical and normal depth (Yc and Yn). | | Use this section for culvert comparisons | *===============================================================* Conduit Maximum Head Friction Critical Normal HW TW Name Flow Loss Loss Depth Depth Elevat Elevat ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------Trapin 120.1923 0.0000 0.0030 2.7190 10.0000 9.0935 9.0899 Culvert 120.3173 6.2368 0.7095 3.2433 2.1910 9.0901 2.0392 Trapout 120.6322 0.0000 1.0059 2.7246 2.0308 2.0302 1.0311
*==========================================================* | Table E13a. CULVERT ANALYSIS CLASSIFICATION, | | and the time the culvert was in a particular | | classification during the simulation. The time is | | in minutes. The Dynamic Wave Equation is used for | | all conduit analysis but the culvert flow classification | | condition is based on the HW and TW depths. | *==========================================================* Mild Mild Steep Mild Mild Slope Slope TW Slope TW Slug Flow Slope Slope Critical D Control Insignf Outlet/ TW > D TW <= D Conduit Outlet Outlet Entrance Entrance Outlet Outlet Outlet Inlet Inlet Name Control Control Control Control Control Control Control Control Configuration ------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------------Trapin 1.0000 59.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 None Culvert 0.0000 0.0000 4.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 56.0000 0.0000 None Trapout 0.0000 0.0000 4.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 56.0000 0.0000 None
The entrance and exit losses can be turned off simply by clicking off the checkbox for conduit factors. Once the entrance and exit losses are turned off the head loss in Table E13 will be zero. After solving the model you will see that the headwater depth is reduced by almost seven feet without entrance and exit losses. New to XP-SWMM is the option of also using the FHWA Inlet Control equations. If during the simulation, Inlet Control is detected and an inlet configuration selected by the user, XP-SWMM will yield the correct upstream HW elevation. To date XP-SWMM is the only full dynamic wave routing software to incorporate this procedure.
The model has a trapezoidal shaped hydrograph as input with a peak flow of 4 cfs in node 1. The bendable weir like all of the other regulators is defined in the multi-conduit dialog. The bendable weir in the right column modifies the action of the conduit to the left on the same row. A bendable weir should have a unique name. The first column in the bendable weir dialog is the depth of water at the control node. The control node name is located in the node name text box. The second column is the controlling factor for the bendable weir (a value of zero means that no flow is allowed down the conduit: a value of one means that flow is allowed in the conduit). The third column is the rebound factor for the bendable weir (a value of zero means that no flow is allowed down the conduit: a value of one means that flow is allowed in the conduit).
The choice of the controlling number is selected as follows: (1) when there is no flow in the reacting conduit the model will be controlled by the numbers in column Bend Factor, and (2) when there is flow in the conduit the model will be controlled by the numbers in column Rebound Factor. For example, based on the data shown above the model will have flow at a depth of 4.01 feet and the flow will last until the depth of water reaches 2.01 feet. Review the results of conduit 1-2. The flow will commence at a depth of 4 feet and will continue flowing until a depth of 2 feet. The weir will thus store the water up to a depth of 4 feet and then flop down until the water drains down to a depth of 2 feet.
We will run the explicit solution (EPA version 3.0) first in this module. The flow tolerance only is used from the simulation tolerances dialog.
The explicit solution needs to use a smaller time step than the dynamic wave solution. You need to pick a time step based on the most stringent conditions during the simulation: the largest velocity in the smallest diameter short conduit.
Solve the model and review the results of conduit Trapin. The conduit flow is unstable until the steady flow is reached.
Now, switch to the enhanced explicit solution. The time step, maximum iterations and flow tolerance all stay the same. The enhanced explicit solution uses a different time weighting for the St. Venant equation so that the program can use a larger time step. Solve the model and now review the flow in conduit Trapin. The flow is now not unstable in this conduit even during the rising limb of the hydrograph.
The iterative solution uses the time weighting factor, minimum courant time step factor and maximum time step iteration from the routing control dialog, and the flow tolerance from the simulation tolerances dialog.
Use the keywords CMIN and THETA to use the minimum courant time step factor and time weighting factor. If you did not use the keywords CMIN and THETA then the minimum courant time step factor and time weighting factor are not used by the iterative solution.
#################################################### # Extran Iteration Summary # #################################################### Maximum number of iterations in a time step. Total number of iterations in the simulation Maximum continuity error during simulation.. Total number of time steps during simulation Ratio of actual # of time steps / NTCYC..... Average number of iterations per time step.. Average time step size(seconds)............ Smallest time step size(seconds)............ Largest time step size(seconds)............ Number of times ITMAX exceeded.............. Average Courant Factor Tf................... 4 692 0.0223 fraction 688 1.9 1.01 5.23 5.0 10.0 0 2.00
The iterative solution will modify the time step based on the courant time step factor and any time more than 10 iterations are used. The row number of time ITMAX exceeded shows the number of times the iterations reached 10, or in this simulation none. Review the results of conduit Trapin.
Preissmann Slot widths in XP-XWMM Default: 0.005 * width WSLOT1: 0.01 * width WSLOT2: 0.001 * width WSLOT3: 0.0001 * width WSLOT4: 0.00001 * width WSLOT5: 0.05 * width The SWMM Parameters are WSLOT1, WSLOT2, WSLOT3, WSLOT4, and WSLOT5.
The dynamic wave solution and the iterative EPA solution use a fictitious slot extending from the crown of a closed conduit to the ground elevation. This slot allows the use of the same equation for the conduit under partial flow and surcharged or pressure flow. Conversely, the EPA explicit and enhanced explicit solutions use a different equation for partial flow and surcharged flow. The slot is usually 0.005 times the width of the conduit. However, using the options shown to the right is it possible to change the default width of a conduit during the simulation.
The first run we will make uses a slot width of 0.005 times the pipe diameter for all closed conduits. Solve the model and look at the nodal depths in node 1. The ending surface elevation in this node (from the output file) is 6.408 feet. The flow for each run is 15 cfs. The flow was surcharged in each conduit in each run. We will find that the head difference is small after the slot becomes smaller than 0.001 times the closed conduit width or the WSLOT2, WSLOT3, WSLOT4 options. The following pages illustrate this.
Now we use option WSLOT1, which uses a slot width of 0.01 times the pipe width. The new option is entered in the SWMM Configuration dialog. The ending depth is 6.323 feet.
The graph below is from a run with the WSLOT2 option. The ending depth is 6.481 feet.
The above graph is from a run with the WSLOT3 option. The ending depth is 6.497 feet.
The above graph is from a run with the WSLOT4 option. The ending depth is 6.499 feet. Module 89: Preissmann Slot Options Page 4
The above graph is from a run with the WSLOT5 option. The ending depth is 5.778 feet. A new configuration parameter has been developed as part of version 9 to allow the Priessmann slot to be any size. This new parameter PSLOT=X, where X is the value in percent allows the user to specify the value rather than select from a small list of predefined values (WSLOT1-5). For example the graph on the next page is generated using PSLOT=0.1, or 0.1% or 0.001 times the conduit width.. The contents of the configuration parameter dialog box is shown below. Each of the runs is accomplished by disabeling all parameters but the parameter in question.
The above graph is from a run with the PSLOT=0.1 option. The ending depth is 6.481 feet.
The inflow into the network will come via a user-defined hydrograph at node wet well. The wet well is a storage node. Double clicking on the appropriate check box accesses the data for the storage node and the inflow hydrograph.
The wet well is a constant storage of 100 ft 2, and the inflow is a ramped inflow of 10 cfs over 2 hours. Using a surcharge elevation of 0.0 means that the program will default to the ground surface elevation of 510 feet.
The pump data is entered in the multi-conduit link of Hydraulics. In this model we will have one pump, so the check box for the first pump is turned on in this dialog. A dynamic head pump needs: (1) a pump name, (2) a starting elevation, (3) a stopping elevation, (4) dynamic head radio button is turned on, (5) pump speed factor (usually 1.0), and (6) the pump operating curve data in the pump type dialog. The pump name should be unique to each pump.
Click on the pump type box to select or edit the pump data. If you edit the data you will see the data and the graph shown below. Up to 100 pairs of flow and head data can be entered in this table. The pump speed factor will affect the export of this data. A pump speed factor of 2.0 will double the flows and quadruple the heads. A pump speed factor of 3.0 will triple the flows and make the heads nine times the table value.
The program will calculate the head difference at each time step and then use this curve to interpolate what the flow should be. Heads higher or lower than the lowest table head will generate either the maximum flow or the minimum flow from the operating table. The flows are not extrapolated.
The downstream pipe is a 2-foot circular pipe with a constant boundary downstream of 515 feet.
Solve the model and review the results of the pump flows. The data is echoed in the output as shown below in the beginning of the output file. The review results is shown on the last page of this module.
*=========================================================* | New Pump Data Fields for PBSJ and Miami/Dade | | Pump Name/Upstream Node/Dnstream Node/DataPt/Depth/Flow | *=========================================================* Pumpdynamic wet well mid pt 1 20.000 0.000 3 10.000 10.000 5 0.000 30.000 *===========================================* | Pump Curve Data | *===========================================* JUNCTIONS INITIAL DEPTH ON FROM TO IN WELL, ft feet -------------------------1. wet well mid pt 0.00 2.00
2 4
15.000 5.000
5.000 20.000
Table E17 in the output lists the pump on times and the total operating time of the pump.
################################################### # Table E17. Pump Operation Section # ################################################### Pump Operating Time and Pump General Results --------------------------------------------Time # of Times Upstream Downstream in hours Pump Min HGL Max HGL Min Q Max Q Totl Q Pump Name Node Node Pump On Goes On feet feet cfs cfs ft^3 ----------- ---------- ----------- --------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------dynamic wet well mid pt 2.6501 19 8.0086 14.6701 3.8558 11.4791 88539.16 The maximum number of pumps turned on during the simulation The minumum number of pumps turned on during the simulation 1 0
We can look at a long section view of the pump by clicking on the plot button at the lower right hand side of the multi-conduit dialog box. We need to pick pump as the plot item and give it a graphical length. This length just affects the screen view.
The long section plot or hydraulic grade line plot of the pump flows. The key feature here is that the pump goes uphill: the downstream node of the pump should be at a higher elevation than the upstream node of the pump. The flow in the pipe downstream of the pump is based on the changing water surface elevations at node midpoint and node outfall. The pump flow drives the downstream pipe flow by modifying the depth of water at node midpoint. As the depth of water increases at midpoint; the flow increases in the downstream pipe.
Double click on the multi-link to access the pump dialog. Wet well pumps only uses: (1) pump name, (2) total wet well volume, (3) initial volume, and (4) pump data. Wet well pumps do not use on/off elevations.
The type of data for a wet well pump is different than the dynamic head pumps. It uses a simple table of pump flow versus wet well volume is entered by the user of the model. This is a global database that can have up to 100 data points.
Selecting the graph options button or right mouse clicking on the graph brings up the pop-up dialog allowing among many other things the customization of the graphing.
Solve the model and review the results of the flow in the pump. The pump basically follows the user defined flow hydrograph and peaks at 10 cfs.
################################################### # Table E17. Pump Operation Section # ################################################### Pump Operating Time and Pump General Results --------------------------------------------Time # of Times Upstream Downstream in hours Pump Min HGL Max HGL Min Q Max Q Totl Q Pump Name Node Node Pump On Goes On feet feet cfs cfs ft^3 --------- --------- ----------- --------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------dynamic wet well mid pt 0.0000 0 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 10.0114 53740.92 The maximum number of pumps turned on during the simulation The minumum number of pumps turned on during the simulation 1 1
This pump was on for two hours and turned on one time at the beginning of the simulation. The depth of water in the wet well is based on the minimum of y critical or y normal at the downstream end of the upstream conduit. The wet well volume is based on the mass balance of the flow in and the flow out of the wet well.
Highlight the whole network and look at the hydraulic grade line through the whole network. Again, the pump should pump hill and the downstream end of the pump should have a higher elevation than the upstream end of the pump.
Double click on the multi-link to access the pump dialog. Rated by depth pumps only uses: (1) pump name, and (2) pump data. Rated by depth pumps do not use the pump starting elevation and pump stopping elevation.
Solve the model and review the flows in the pump. The flow follows the shape of the inflow hydrograph. Look at the long section plot of the whole network.
The pump and its rule curve are on the same row of a multi-conduit dialog. The rule curve is entered in the special column of the dialog. The base or unmodified flow in this pump is 0.040 cms.
The rule curve is entered in the special pump (pump 5) dialog. This table of depth versus flow states that based on the depth of water at node Well DS the flow in the pump is 0.0 cms after the depth reaches 3.01 meters. The flow below 3 meters is up to 10 cms or the maximum pump flow of 0.40 cms. The omega value will allow a change in pump flow of 12 percent per iteration or time step. Omega varies between 1.0 and 2.0.
The pump at link DSPUMP has a normal pump flow of 0.15 cms until the depth of water at node Well Main reached 5 meters and then the flow is limited to 0.05 cms - as shown below in the pump 5 dialog.
Solve the model and look at the flows in the pumps. The first pump flow oscillates between 0.40 and 0.0 cms.
The second pump, DSPUMP, changes from 0.15 cms to 0.05 cms as the pump rule comes into effect. A look via the long section plot through the two pumps in the system. Highlight the whole model and use the long section icon.
The rule curve for the pump5 pump data is echoed to the output file in the beginning of the output file. The raw curve data and the node the controls the pump5 rule is listed.
Control node = Well DS
===================================================== Input Information for dynamic pump rule curve scada ===================================================== Point Data Data Data Data No. Column Column Column Column # 1 # 2 # 3 # 4 -------------------- --------1 0.000 0.000 10.000 0.000 2 1.000 0.000 10.000 0.000 3 3.000 0.000 10.000 0.000 4 3.010 0.000 0.000 0.000 5 7.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 Control node = Well Main ===================================================== Input Information for dynamic pump rule curve newpump5 ===================================================== Point Data Data Data Data No. Column Column Column Column # 1 # 2 # 3 # 4 -------------------- --------1 0.000 0.000 10.000 0.000 2 1.000 0.000 10.000 0.000 3 4.990 0.000 10.000 0.000 4 5.000 0.000 0.050 0.000 5 10.000 0.000 0.050 0.000
A dynamic pump is entered in the pump dialogs of the multi-conduit link. The pump rule is entered in the special conduit list.
The normal flow in this pump is 0.40 cms as shown to the right.
The rule curve for the pump rated by non-adjacent flow is shown on the next page and is entered in the Other table in the special conduit dialog. The rule curve is entered in column 2 and column 3 of the dialog. Factor #1 is always the name pumpbyQ; factor #2 is the name of the non-adjacent conduit; column #2 is the flow in the non-adjacent conduit; column #3 is the flow for the pump based on the flow in column #2. Please note that the program interpolates intermediate values.
Solve the model and review the results of the flows in conduit connect.
Review the flows in the pump. These flows are 10 percent of the flows in conduit connect.
The data is entered in a multi-conduit., The dynamic head pump data is entered in the pump dialog. The dynamic head loss coefficients are entered in the special conduit dialogs. The loss coefficients should be entered on the same row as the pump discharge data.
The data for a dynamic head pump include the starting and stopping elevations, the pump speed factor, and the pump discharge curve in the pump type dialog. Up to 100 data points may be entered in the pump ratings dialog. This data is originally entered in the global data section.
The head losses are entered in the special conduit dialog under the OTHER category. Each pump discharge pipe should have a unique name as the diversion name.
This dialog contains all of the data needed to model the pump discharge pipe. The first column in the first line is the pipe diameter in feet or meters. The second column in the first line is the pipe length in feet or meters. The third column in the first line is the pipe roughness. The second line has the minor losses for the pump discharge pipe. These losses are additive and are added together in the model. The all in factor #1 means that this applies to all pumps connecting these two nodes in the multi-conduit. The type number of 4000 means that this is the data for a pump discharge pipe. Factor #2 is the number of iterations used to calculate the pump discharge dynamic losses in the pump discharge pipe. Factor #3 is the initial guess the program makes for the flow in the discharge pipe. A value of 0.50 means that 50 percent of the maximum pump flow is used by the program. This value may be between 0.0 and 1.0.
*===========================================* | Special Pump Data Conduits for PBSJ | *===========================================* Conduit Name ======= PUMP Diameter ft or m ======= 0.833 Length ft or m ======= 30.000 Rough -ness ====== 0.012 Entrance Exit Loss K Loss K ====== ====== 1.000 0.000 Valve Bend Loss Preissman Loss K Loss K Coefft Sf*L SlotWidth ====== ====== ====== ====== ====== 0.000 0.000 0.052 0.053 0.000
Click on the pump icon in review results and look at the pump results. The pump turns on 7 times. Table E17 in the output file also has pump summary information.
################################################### # Table E17. Pump Operation Section # ################################################### Pump Operating Time and Pump General Results --------------------------------------------Time # of Times Upstream Downstream in hours Pump Min HGL Max HGL Min Q Max Q Totl Q Pump Name Node Node Pump On Goes On feet feet cfs cfs ft^3 --------- --------- ----------- --------- ---------- -------- -------- -------- -------- -------PUMP 2 mid 0.0519 7 14.9986 57.2591 125.1322 293.6327 48795.30 The maximum number of pumps turned on during the simulation The minumum number of pumps turned on during the simulation 1 0
The data entered for the pump discharge pipe is echoed in the output file under the above table name. Solve the model and review the results of the multi-conduit pump. The special conduit that is the pump discharge pipe will always have no flow. So make sure to select the diversion-graphing tool.
Look at table E22 in the output file. The overall error was great. There were no non-convergences in the simulation. Change the Hydraulics Job control information can rectify continuity and stability problems. However most models run fine without employing any of these options. This is one of XP-SWMMs strengths in that the solution is not a black box. The user can change many parameters in the Dynamic Wave solution.
################################################### # Table E22. Numerical Model judgement section # ################################################### Your overall error was Worst nodal error was in node 2 Of the total inflow this loss was Your overall continuity error was Efficiency of the simulation Most Number of Non Convergences at one Node Total Number Non Convergences at all Nodes Total Number of Nodes with Non Convergences with -0.5519 percent 0.8718 percent 1.6090 percent Excellent Excellent Efficiency 2.39 0. 0. 0.
The pumps are located between node lake A and node reserv. Double-click on the multi-link and look at the connecting elements. There are five pumps simulating the incremental differences in the system head of the variable speed pump of model MOD96.XP.
Double click on the first pump by clicking on the #1 checkbox. Each pump has a different on / off elevation, hence a different operating range. In this example, all five pumps will turn on in this example because the upstream nodal depth will be above the pump on elevation of all the pumps.
Select the pump global data or Pump Ratings data by clicking on the pump type dialog box. EDIT the data and then graph the data shown in the pump ratings dialog. Up to 100 pump rating data points can be entered in this dialog. Go back to the network and solve the model by using the Solve icon.
Review the pump flows by highlighting the pump link and then clicking on the review results icon. Each pump is active during part of the course of the simulation. During the peak flow all five pumps are being used in MOD96.XP. Now close file MOD96.XP and then open file MOD96A.XP. This example will simulate each system curve as a separate pump. The pumps are same as in the file MOD96.XP except for a special conduit called variable.
The special conduit will make the pumps in this multi-link behave as a variable speed pump. The variable pump option is activated by using a special conduit in the special list of conduits in a multi-link. The special conduit is under the other category; has a first row of all zeroes; has a factor #1 name of variable; and a type number of 5000. All of these together will mean that any pumps in the same multi-link as the variable conduit will act like variable pumps.
Solve the model and review the results of the pumps in the link between node lake a and node reserv. You will see that only one pump is turned on at any one time. The pumps turn on based on the pump on elevation.
The check value data is entered in the special dialog box located on the same row as the pump in the multiconduit dialog. This data is located in the other diversion type.
Factor #1 should be named check for check valves. Factor #2 should be the name of a downstream pipe. The type number should always be 5000. The number in the first row, first column is the minimum reported depth or pressure at the downstream node of the pump. The number in the second row, first column is the flow in cfs or cms that will trigger the usage of the minimum pressure.
Solve the model and review the results of node mid pt and conduit dnpipe. The reported pressure at node mid pt is based on the flow at conduit dnpipe. When the flow in dnpipe is less than 2 cfs then the reported depth is 5 feet. The model will use in its calculations the actual node depth but the reported depth in the graphical output file is set to a minimum of 5 meters.
There are two pumps in the multi-link. The pumps are automatic pumps because the keyword AUTO_PUMP is used in the SWMM Configuration parameters dialog.
When AUTO_PUMP is used the meaning of the user defined inflow hydrograph is modified. The new meaning is a time series of pump turn on (value of 1) and pump turn off (value of 0) times. The time is in hours from the beginning of the simulation. The turn on and turn off times are entered at the upstream node of the pump(s).
Solve the model and review the pump flows results. The pump will turn on at the times listed in the upstream nodes user defined hydrograph.
PUMPWT is the default and is listed in the beginning of the output file in the SWMM parameters section. All the parameters with a $ are the default parameters. Note the paragraph below is double column.
$powerstation $perv $oldegg $as $noflat $oldomega $oldvol $implicit $oldhot $oldscs $flood $nokeys $pzero $oldvol2 $storage2 $oldhot1 $pumpwt 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 1 0 0 2 3 1 1 2 4 7 11 21 24 28 29 31 33 40 42 55 59 62 63 70 $ecloss $exout $djref = -0.1 $weirlen = 50 $oldbnd $nogrelev $ncmid $new_nl_97 $best97 $newbound $q_tol = 0.1 $new_storage $old_iteration $minlen=30.0 $review_elevatio $use_half_volume $min_ts = 0.5 0.0000 0.0000 -0.1000 50.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0010 0.0000 0.0000 30.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.5000 1 0 3 1 1 1 0 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 77 97 143 153 154 161 164 290 294 295 316 322 333 346 383 385 407
PUMPWT only uses one iteration per time step for the pumps. The head at the beginning of the time step is used to interpolate the pump flow from the pump-operating curve. Table E8 shows the number of iterations at each time step for the model. The graph and Table E8 on this page show the results of using pump weighting (the default).
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------wet well 0 1.49 4525 0 2 mid pt 0 3.24 9842 0 59 outfall 0 3.42 10382 0 44 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 24749 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 9108 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 2.72 Good Efficiency
Now we will use the SWMM configuration parameter NOPUMPWT by selecting disable to remove the pound # symbol in front of the parameter NOPUMPWT. The number of iterations at a pump node will not be limited to one but will be allowed to go to the value of iterations listed in the Hydraulic layer job control.
Solve the model and look at the results. The number of iterations has gone up in the downstream pump node (see Table E8 in the output file).
The graph and Table E8 on this page show the results of this model using NOPUMPWT.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------wet well 0 1.55 4858 0 2 mid pt 0 3.26 10213 0 59 outfall 0 3.44 10781 0 48 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 25852 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 9408 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 2.75 Good Efficiency
The valve data is in the multi-link orifice. The orifice specific data is located in the Special column of the multi-link dialog.
This database has only one special conduit in the multi-link dialog. It is in the Special column and requires a diversion name not used by any other objects in the model.
Use the name oneq for the value in Factor #1 and the type number 5000. The flow through the valve should be entered in column 3 and the head loss in column 4 in units of ft or meters depending on the project units.
The pump data is entered in the multi-conduit dialog of link 5. The name of the pump is entered on the same row as the pump check box.
There are two pump rates for transport pumps. The flow is Q1 after the depth for Q1 is reached. The flow is Q2 after the depth for Q2 is reached. The storage node or wet well of the pump has the average cross sectional area given by the value in average cross section area. In this network the flow through the network works in the following sequence: Inflow at node 1 - storage node at node 1 - outflow from node 1 - wet well of pump pump - downstream node of pump.
Solve the model and look at the flows in nodes 1, 2 and 4 by highlighting those three nodes. The flow at node 1 is the inflow, 2 is the outlet from the storage node; and the flow at node 4 is the pump outflow. You can see that the flow in the pumps oscillates between 3 and 5 cfs as shown in the figure below.
Look at the data for a sanitary flow divider. The primary flow will go down conduit 7. All flow up to 4 cfs will go through conduit 7. All flows above 1 cfs will be split evenly between conduits 7 and 5 or conduit pipe.
Solve the model and look at the flows in conduits 5 & 7. The low flow will go through the conduit 5.
Change the flow divider node to a manhole. XP-SWMM has an automatic flow divider that will divide the flow based on the conduit area. In this case since the conduit areas are the same the program will divide the flow in half. Solve the model and review the flows at conduits 5 & 7.
The outflow from node 1 is direct (see the figure below), and the outflow from node 1a is a power equation (see next page). Each of the little networks has the same inflow, the same storage area and the same pipe geometry.
Power function equation form of the storage node outlet flow is: Flow = 2.0 *[Depth - Minimum Depth]^1.5
The third storage node, 1b, has a pump outflow with the same type of data that is in the pump in a multi-conduit link. The main difference is that the pump at a storage node uses the area of the storage node and not the wet well area like the pump in a conduit. The results for nodes 1 & 2 shown below are the inflow and outflow from the pump directly connected to the outflow of the storage node.
The inflow and outflow from the pump connected to the equation outlet storage node.
The inflow and outflow from the pump that is connected to the pumped outflow storage node. These two pumps are in series so that the outflow from the storage node pump equals the outflow from the conduit pump.
Double-click on the Gauged Flow button. The data can be entered in the interface or the HYD-SYS format can be created outside of XP-SWMM. Enter the data as shown below.
Select the edit button of the Gauged Flow dialog. Since the file does not already exist the software will create it in the correct format with the data entered in the Gauged Data Flow dialog. If the file existed then the user would be allowed to review, graph or edit the data.
The actual .HIS file is shown below. This file is a fixed format text file.
100 100 100 100 140.00199501010000 140.00199501010010 140.00199501010030 140.00199501010100 .1 5 3 2
Kinematic wave routing is selected from routing control dialog in job control. This is one of the six available routing options, which include the three EPA SWMM Solutions. All of the routing control parameters are active when using kinematic wave routing. Solve then review the results of the conduits in the model. Warnings will be generated since there are flat and negative conduit slopes. These warnings ensure that the Kinematic wave is only used in appropriate situations. We are allowed to proceed but the full Dynamic wave method would be more appropriate in this case. Module 140: Kinematic Wave Routing Page 1
Highlight node Inflow and then using the Ctrl key and the left mouse button click on the node Outfall. It should highlight the network from inflow to outfall.
Using the same highlighted section of the network use the long section plotting. This will show the hydraulic grade line in the network. It shows some of the limitations of the kinematic wave routing. No influence from the downstream node affects the flow generated from the upstream area of the conduit.
Select all the network and using the shift key and the left mouse button deselect the conduits down1, up1, and syphon; and nodes k4.2 and k4.3. Next use long section plotting to look at the hydraulic grade line.
From the previous HGL plots Node K4.2 and 219 in particular stand out as a violation of the requirements for kinematic wave routing since there is an inappropriate HGL. Kinematic Wave Routing is best suited to dendritic networks with minimal backwater and slopes greater than .5%. Use the Browse File option and look at the generated output file. Kinematic wave routing is usually very efficient: Table E8 shows that the average number of iterations is 1.47.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------Inflow 0 1.30 2238 0 9 K4.3 0 1.43 2457 0 17 K4.2 0 1.51 2596 0 9 Outfall 0 1.33 2289 0 6 213 0 1.89 3248 0 19 215 0 1.59 2735 0 13 217 0 1.46 2498 0 12 219 0 1.26 2162 0 12 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 20223 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 13728 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 1.47 Good Efficiency
The flow at a new time step in the kinematic wave solution is calculated iteratively in the model by using the upstream cross sectional area and hydraulic radius. The new flow is based on a combination of the last time step area and hydraulic radius and the last iteration area and hydraulic radius. The new flow is iterated until it converges based on the flow tolerance parameter. Adverse sloped conduits are calculated in the following way: The upstream and downstream junctions are reversed internally. The kinematic wave equation then uses the downstream area and hydraulic radius to calculate the flow through the conduit.
Q =
23
+ (1 )
( )
23
Where, Q
= new flow at time step n+1, = time weighting parameter, = elevation of upstream conduit invert, = elevation of downstream conduit invert, = upstream cross sectional area, = upstream hydraulic radius, = the last time step, and = the current time step.
The influence of minor losses such as entrance and exit losses are calculated at each time step by adjusting the roughness coefficient based on the following equations:
L R4 3
12
First an equivalent roughness is found based on the current time steps hydraulic radius; secondly this equivalent roughness is used to estimate the new n for the current time step or iteration.
Solve the model and you will see the above messages in your selected editor. This means that Kinematic wave or Diffusion wave is not suggested for relatively flat-sloped conduits. We have small and adverse slopes in this example to illustrate these points.
Data Generation Diagnostics WARNING: HDR: Links 'pipe1': Conduit slope less than 0.5, Full Dynamic Wave method recommended. WARNING: HDR: Links 'syphon': Conduit slope less than 0.5, Full Dynamic Wave method recommended. WARNING: HDR: Links 'up1': Conduit slope less than 0.5, Full Dynamic Wave method recommended. WARNING: HDR: Links 'up1': Slope inconsistent with length and invert levels. Slope ignored WARNING: HDR: Links 'syphon2': Conduit slope less than 0.5, Full Dynamic Wave method recommended. WARNING: HDR: Links 'up2': Conduit slope less than 0.5, Full Dynamic Wave method recommended. 0 Error(s) and 6 Warning(s) were encountered Data Export Completed Successfully
Look at both the review results and the output Table. Diffusion wave tends to oscillate when the head upstream and downstream are the same. Notice that node K4.2 has many non-convergences.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------Inflow 0 1.09 4944 0 9 K4.3 97 8.80 40083 0 101 K4.2 326 18.33 83499 0 101 Outfall 0 1.47 6720 0 12 213 0 1.40 6361 0 12 215 0 4.03 18344 0 79 217 0 1.86 8496 0 65 219 4 3.62 16496 0 101 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 184943 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 36448 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 5.07 Fair Efficiency
Highlight node inflow and then using the Ctrl key and the left mouse button click on the node outfall. Look at the results in the long section view. The hydraulic grade line is not inconsistent like the hydraulic grade line for the kinematic wave view in module 140. This is because the Diffusion wave does have backwater and downstream boundary conditions affecting the flow in each conduit.
This is the view of the alternate siphon route. Highlight the whole model and then using the shift key and the left mouse button unhighlight the conduits down1, up1, and siphon; and nodes k4.2 and k4.3. Select the dynamic long section icon. Again the hydraulic grade line looks better than that pictured in module 140.
Q =
23
+ (1 )
( )
23
Where, Q
= new flow at time step n+1, = time weighting parameter, = water surface elevation of the upstream end of the conduit, = water surface elevation of the downstream end of the conduit, = center cross sectional area, = center hydraulic radius, = the last time step, and = the current time step.
The flow at a new time step in the Diffusion wave solution is calculated iteratively in the model by using the center cross sectional area, hydraulic radius and water surface elevation slope. The new flow is based on a combination of the last time step area and hydraulic radius and the last iteration area and hydraulic radius. The new flow is iterated until it converges based on the flow tolerance parameter. Adverse sloped conduits are calculated in the following way: The upstream and downstream junctions are reversed internally. The Diffusion wave equation then uses the downstream water surface elevation minus the upstream water surface elevation to calculate the flow through the conduit. The flow calculated from the Diffusion wave equation is then modified based on the under relaxation parameter and a maximum iteration flow change of 25 percent. For example, if the under relaxation parameter was 0.85 then 85 percent of the new iteration and 15 percent of the old iteration would be added together to give the new flow estimate. This flow estimate is then constrained not to increase or decrease by more than 25 percent in one iteration.
Make sure you are in the Scenario Low Flow Roughness. Double click with the mouse on the conduit Trapin. It is a trapezoidal channel with the conduit factors dialog box checked on. In the conduit factors dialog the data for the low flow roughness is entered. As shown in the example on the next page the roughness is 4 times the conduit roughness up until a depth of 2 feet in the low flow roughness scenario whereas it does not exist in the base model.
Solve the model and review the US level for Trapin. You can see that the level in conduit Trapin is affected because of the higher roughness in the low flow roughness scenario. Both the base and the Scenario should be shown.
Use the Browse File icon to look at the output files. Table E12 lists the mean conduit roughness for each conduit in the model. Trapout and Trapin have a mean roughness of 0.014, in the base case. The mean conduit roughness for conduit Trapin in the scenario is higher because of the roughness at depths less than 2 feet is 0.0559. The input data is echoed in Table E2 as shown in the tables below.
*===========================================* | Table E12. Mean Conduit Flow Information | *===========================================* Mean Total Mean Conduit Flow Flow Percent Name (cfs) (ft^3) Change --------------- -------- -------- -------Trapin 0.4307 1550.6656 0.0183 Culvert 0.1039 374.1666 0.0015 Trapout 0.0871 313.3986 0.0014 For the Scenario: Conduit Name --------------Trapin Culvert Trapout Mean Total Flow Flow (cfs) (ft^3) -------- -------0.4295 1546.1586 0.1001 360.3689 0.0833 299.9082 Mean Percent Change -------0.0146 0.0016 0.0014 Low Flow Weightng -------0.1251 0.9922 0.9922 Mean Mean Froude Hydraulic Number Radius ------ -------0.0406 0.1253 6.9094 0.0494 1.4873 0.0035 Mean Mean Cross Conduit Area Roughness ------- --------12.5924 0.0559 0.0716 0.0110 0.3538 0.0140
Mean Mean Froude Hydraulic Number Radius ------ -------0.0523 0.1202 5.6642 0.0494 1.5375 0.0036
Mean Mean Cross Conduit Area Roughness ------- --------12.0778 0.0140 0.0710 0.0110 0.3595 0.0140
*==================================================* | Table E2 - Conduit Factor Data | *==================================================* Time Low Flow Depth at Conduit Number Entrance Exit Exp/Contc Weighting Roughness Which Flow Name of Barrels Loss Coef Loss Coef Coefficnt Parameter Factor n Changes Routing ------ ---------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- ------Trapin 1.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.6500 4.0000 1.0000 Standard Culvert 1.0000 0.5000 1.0000 0.0000 0.6500 1.0000 0.0000 Standard trapina 1.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.6500 1.0000 1.0000 Standard culverta 1.0000 0.5000 1.0000 0.0000 0.6500 1.0000 0.0000 Standard -
If you use the SWMM configuration parameter VARIABLE_N then the model will not use the first option for vertical variable roughness. In this option we will use the following equation from Zaghloul (1998) for circular conduits:
n 1 2 3 4 5 = 0.9987 + 3.4616 ( y / d 0 ) 14.7108 ( y / d 0 ) + 27.2574 ( y / d 0 ) 23.4963 ( y / d 0 ) + 7.4909 ( y / d 0 ) n0
Where, y d0 n n0 n
= current depth, = diameter of pipe, = current roughness, = reference roughness from the dialog, and = the current roughness.
Close your existing file and open up the file named LOWFLOW1.XP. This file will use the circular conduit equation for vertical roughness changes in the conduit culvert. This XP file and LOWFLOW.XP have the same inflow, conduit shapes, and boundary conditions for each of the networks shown above in the hydraulic layer of XP-SWMM. The only difference is the treatment of low flow roughness in either conduit Trapin or Culvert. Solve the model. The data that modifies the conduit roughness is shown below in the conduit factors dialog for the link Culvert.
The output Table E12 will list the mean conduit roughness for each conduit. The mean roughness for culvert is higher than the base roughness of 0.011 based on the Zaghloul (1988) equation.
*===========================================* | Table E12. Mean Conduit Flow Information | *===========================================* Mean Total Mean Low Conduit Flow Flow Percent Flow Name (cfs) (ft^3) Change Weightng --------- -------- -------- -------- -------Trapin 0.4273 1538.3313 0.0087 0.0000 Culvert 0.0979 352.5967 0.0015 1.0806 Trapout 0.0816 293.8192 0.0012 0.0000 FREE # 1 0.0813 292.5505
Mean Mean Froude Hydraulic Number Radius ------ -------0.0509 0.1192 5.5626 0.0490 1.6511 0.0035
Mean Mean Cross Conduit Area Roughness ------- --------11.9704 0.0140 0.0701 0.0120 0.3459 0.0140
Reference: Zaghloul, N.A. (1998). Flow Simulation in Circular Pipes with Variable Roughness Using SWMM-EXTRAN Model, Journal of Hydraulic Engineering, Vol. 124, No. 1. pp. 73-76.
The file RUNOFF.XPX shown below is a template for the minimum data required to import into XP-SWMM for Runoff subcatchments using the Runoff method. There can be up to 5 subcatchments per node therefore there are optional placeholders for blank fields. The field R_RFCMNT is the subcatchment flag. A 1 is on a 0 is off. The next four fields are the Area, % Impervious, Width and Slope. The R_FSCS selects the routing method with 0 being the EPA SWMM Runoff method. The R_GWTAG selects the state of the groundwater flag as 0 for off and 1 for on. Finally, the last two lines indicate which rainfall and infiltration global databases to use.
NODE DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA DATA 134 "Runoff" 82.78359375 442.255859375 R_RFCMNT "Runoff" 0 5 1 0 0 0 0 R_WAREA "Runoff" 0 5 15. "" "" "" "" R_WIMP "Runoff" 0 5 40. "" "" "" "" R_WIDTH "Runoff" 0 5 100. "" "" "" "" R_WSLOPE "Runoff" 0 5 .01 "" "" "" "" R_FSCS "Runoff" 0 1 0 R_GWTAG "Runoff" 0 1 0 R_RAINSEL "Runoff" 0 1 "Rainfall Data" R_INFILSEL "Runoff" 0 1 "Infiltration Data"
The following list is the Record Type names to be used for importing global database records. The names must be exactly used as shown in order to import into the global database. "Pollutant" "Groundwater" "Initial Loads" "BMP" "WS Temperatures" "Landuse List" "Gauged Pollutants" "User Defined File Types" "Buildup/Washoff" "Infiltration" "Rainfall" "DW Sewer Inflows" "Temporal Variations" "GlobalDB" "Pump Ratings" "XP Tables" "Erosion" "Landuse" "Snow Melt" "Sewer infiltration" "Pollutant List" "StatPollutants" "Pit Rating Curves"
The file RAINFALL.XPX shows how to import an XPX file for a design storm using cumulative depth in the constant time step section, a Variable Rainfall type and a tipping bucket rainfall type.
/* Constant Rainfall data - SCS Type II Design Storm*/ GLDB "Rainfall" 0 "SCS Type II" DATA R_ROPT "" 0 1 0 /* User defined rainfall DATA R_KTYPE "" 0 1 0 /* Constant rainfall DATA R_KPREPC "" 0 1 2 /* Cumulative Depth DATA R_RMULT "" 0 1 6.3 /* Rainfall Multiplier DATA R_HOFF "" 0 1 0 /* User defined rainfall DATA R_KTIMEC "" 0 1 1 /* Time Interval in Hours DATA R_THISTO "" 0 1 0.1 /* Time Interval DATA R_TZRDT "" 0 1 "10/26/1994" /* Storm Start Date DATA R_TZRTM "" 0 1 "00:00" /* Storm Start Time
*/ */ */ */ */ */ */ */ */
/* Rainfall Values Read Left to Right Top to Bottom */ DATA R_REIN "" 0 10 0.0010 0.0281 0.0614 0.1051 0.6630 0.8342 0.8976 0.9408 0.9722 1.000 /* Variable Rainfall data - Variable */ GLDB "Rainfall" 1 "Variable" DATA R_ROPT "" 1 1 0 /* User defined rainfall DATA R_KTYPE "" 1 1 1 /* Variable rainfall DATA R_KPREPV "" 1 1 1 /* Absolute Depth DATA R_RMULTV "" 1 1 1.0 /* Rainfall Multiplier DATA R_KTIMEV "" 1 1 1 /* Time Interval in Hours DATA R_TZRDT "" 1 1 "10/26/1994" /* Storm Start Date DATA R_TZRTM "" 1 1 "00:00" /* Storm Start Time DATA R_RAIN "" 1 DATA R_TRAIN "" 1 DATA R_DRAIN "" 1 /* Tipping Bucket GLDB "Rainfall" 2 DATA R_ROPT "" 2 DATA R_KTYPE "" 2 DATA R_TZRDT "" 2 DATA R_TZRTM "" 2 5 5 5
*/ */ */ */ */ */ */
1.0 0.5 0.25 0.5 1.0 /* Rainfall Values */ 0.0 0.5 0.75 2.0 3.0 /* Time Values */ 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 /* Duration Values */
data Tipping Bucket */ "Tipping" 1 0 /* User defined rainfall 1 2 /* Tipping Bucket Data 1 "10/26/1994" /* Storm Start Date 1 "00:00" /* Storm Start Time
*/ */ */ */
DATA R_BVOL "" 2 4 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 /* Rainfall Values or Tip Depth */ DATA R_BDATE "" 2 4 01/01/98 01/01/98 01/01/98 01/01/98 /* Date of Tip */ DATA R_BTIME "" 2 4 00:00:00 00:01:00 00:02:00 00:03:00 /* Time of Tip */
Now Import in succession the RUNOFF.XPX, RAIN.XPX AND INFIL.XPX files. The Import command is found in the File Menu. Choose XPX file and click the Import button.
Checking the Global Database from the Configuration menu will confirm the import of the two Infiltration Records and three rainfall records.
/* The following set is only required for global data import */ GLDB "DW Sewer Inflows" 0 "DWF" /* Global data type & name */ DATA T_NFILTH "" 0 1 1 DATA T_FTHREF "" 0 1 "DWF" /* Global study area data only used for EPA Methodology */ DATA T_POPULA "" 0 1 0 DATA T_CPI "" 0 1 300 DATA T_CCCI "" 0 1 300 DATA T_KDAY "" 0 1 1 /* Global study area data only used for EPA Methodology */ DATA T_FSTUDY "" 0 1 0 DATA T_DADOM "" 0 1 0 DATA T_DAINF "" 0 1 0 GLDB "Temporal Variations" 0 "DWF Pattern" /* Daily variations */ DATA T_DV "" 0 7 1.0 1.5 0.5 1.0 1.25 0.75 1.0 /* Hourly variations */ DATA T_HV "" 0 24 1.0 1.5 0.5 1.0 1.25 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.5 0.5 1.0 1.25 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.5 0.5 1.0 1.25 0.75 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 /* Daily and Hourly Peaking Factors */
Create a new XP file called DATA.XP, and import the file DWF.XPX from the work directory. Change to the Sanitary Layer by selecting the San Icon from the toolstrip. The Import Dialog is in the File menu.
After importing you should see the small network shown below with one node. The node is activated and all of the data is present in the correct dialogs.
Check the validity of the import by trying to solve the model. You should just get the messages shown above concerning missing data in the Sanitary Job Control dialogs. Use Print Control Defaults, set a simulation length of 12 hours, check save all results for review and solve the model to view the generated DWF.
Data Generation Diagnostics ERROR: SAN: Invalid simulation start date ERROR: SAN: Job Control: : Missing Data ERROR: SAN: Job Control: Print Control: Missing Data WARNING: SAN: Job Control Options data not entered. Using defaults. 3 Error(s) and 1 Warning(s) were encountered Data Export Was NOT Completed Successfully
Double-Click on the dashed link orifice 1 to view the orifice data and the time varying control data.
Select the Orifice No. 1 button to view the fixed orifice data as shown below.
The orifice is a side outlet type with an invert at 0.0 is rectangular in shape and has dimensions of 4 ft tall and 0.5 ft wide to yield an area of 2 ft2. Select the Vary with Time button to view the time dependent change in the coefficient and area of the orifice.
This dialog allows the value of discharge coefficient and the orifice area to be adjusted based on the simulation time. For example, in this model the orifice area is .005 ft2 from hour 1 to 2 and the coefficient is constant at 0.61. An area of 0.005 is effectively closed so the flow drops to near zero for that part of the simulation.
Solve the model and review the results for the orifice. As can be seen in the graph the flows drops to near zero when the orifice is almost completely closed. The flow into the network is a constant 2 cfs in the most upstream node.
As can be seen in the output file from the Orifice Data Table orifices in SWMM are changed to equivalent circular or rectangular pipes depending on the selected orifice geometry.
*==========================================* | Orifice Data | *==========================================* Conduit From To Name Junction Junction Type ------------- ------------ --------------ORIF#1 4 6 Rect Side ====> EQUIVALENT PIPE INFORMATION FOR ORIFICE CONDUIT NAME........................... Upstream node........................... Downstream node......................... PIPE DIAMETER........................ PIPE LENGTH.......................... MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... INVERT ELEVATION AT UPSTREAM END..... INVERT ELEVATION AT DOWNSTREAM END... Area (ft2) ----2.00 Depth (ft) ----4.00 Discharge Height Above Coefficient Junction (ft) ----------- ------------0.610 0.000
Note: For a Bottom-outlet orifice the invert elevation of the downstream node will be adjusted to accomodate the equivalent conduit. Conduit grades are not affected.
In addition, the output file will record the various changes in the orifice data and echo these into the output file. This is found just after the initial conditions table.
CONDUIT NAME............................ORIF#1 Upstream node...........................4 Downstream node.........................6 ORIFICE AREA......................... 2.00 ORIFICE DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT........ 0.61 PIPE DIAMETER........................ 4.00 PIPE LENGTH.......................... 680.94 MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... 0.4268E-02 New Qfull............................ 0.1958E+02 SIMULATION TIME IN HOURS............. 0.0083 . . . Additional cycles omitted here for space. CONDUIT NAME............................ORIF#1 Upstream node...........................4 Downstream node.........................6 ORIFICE AREA......................... 2.00 ORIFICE DISCHARGE COEFFICIENT........ 0.61 PIPE DIAMETER........................ 4.00 PIPE LENGTH.......................... 680.94 MANNINGS ROUGHNESS................... 0.4268E-02 New Qfull............................ 0.1958E+02 SIMULATION TIME IN HOURS............. 4.0083
Run the model as is and then using the Simulation Tolerances dialog of the Job Control Change the default orifice length from 300 to 100 feet. This can reduce continuity errors that are associated with nodes with orifices. Below is the view of the Simulation Tolerances dialog and the continuity error after reducing the minimum orifice length to 100 feet.
################################################### # Table E22. Numerical Model judgement section # ################################################### Your overall error was Worst nodal error was in node 4 Of the total inflow this loss was Your overall continuity error was Efficiency of the simulation Most Number of Non Convergences at one Node Total Number Non Convergences at all Nodes Total Number of Nodes with Non Convergences with -0.2689 percent -0.4903 percent 0.9144 percent Excellent Fair Efficiency 4.44 0. 0. 0.
Using the Configuration Parameter MINOR_LOSS activates the minor losses in the EPA solutions. Configuration Parameters are entered by selecting the Configuration Parameters dialog from the Configuration menu.
The EPA EXTRAN solutions are selected by choosing the Version 4 button of the Routing Control Dialog from the Job Control. The EPA solutions only use the Max time step iterations, roughness factor and flow adjustment factor from this dialog.
There are three EPA solutions. The Explicit solution is the Version 3 solution; the Enhanced Explicit and the Iterative solutions were added to version 4 of EXTRAN.
The conduit specific entrance and exit losses are entered in the conduit factors dialog. Each conduit can have unique minor losses. The Conduit Factors dialog is selected from the first Conduit Data dialog.
Entrance and exit l osses (See) are calculated at each time step in the momentum equation by using a loss term:
g A S ee
which is calculated similarly to the friction loss Sf in the momentum equation.
g A Sf
See1 =
Where, Aup and Adn L Q t = Cross section area upstream and area downstream, = length of conduit, = last time or half time step flow, and = current time step.
Ke Q
Aup
t
S ee 2 =
Ke Q
2 L
Adn 2 L
Solve the model and use the Browse File command to look at the output file. Table E13 will list the minor loss total and friction loss in units of feet of head. The peak flow through the conduit as well at the HW and TW elevations are listed in this table.
*===============================================================* | Table E13. Channel losses(H), headwater depth (HW), tailwater | | depth (TW), critical and normal depth (Yc and Yn). | | Use this section for culvert comparisons | *===============================================================* Conduit Maximum Head Friction Critical Normal HW TW Name Flow Loss Loss Depth Depth Elevat Elevat --------------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------- --------Trapin 240.5099 0.0000 0.0085 3.8912 10.0000 9.7658 9.7334 Culvert 122.3206 5.5327 0.6753 3.2542 2.2156 9.8428 2.2706 Trapout 122.4897 0.0000 0.8114 2.7479 2.0460 2.2781 1.0474 *==========================================================* | Table E13a. CULVERT ANALYSIS CLASSIFICATION, | | and the time the culvert was in a particular | | classification during the simulation. The time is | | in minutes. The Dynamic Wave Equation is used for | | all conduit analysis but the culvert flow classification | | condition is based on the HW and TW depths. | *==========================================================* Mild Mild Steep Mild Mild Slope Slope TW Slope TW Slug Flow Slope Slope Critical D Control Insignf Outlet/ TW > D TW <= D Conduit Outlet Outlet Entrance Entrance Outlet Outlet Name Control Control Control Control Control Control ---------- --------- -------- -------- --------- ------- -------Trapin 1.1333 51.7000 0.0000 6.9667 0.0000 0.0000 Culvert 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.4000 0.0000 0.0000 Trapout 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.4000 0.0000 0.0000
Outlet Inlet Inlet Control Control Configuration ------- ------- ------------0.0000 0.0000 None 59.4000 0.0000 None 59.4000 0.0000 None
The actual lake evaporation estimates are entered in the Runoff layer of XP-SWMM. The evaporation dialog box is under EVAPORATION in the Runoff layer JOB CONTROL. The daily or monthly evaporation data is entered in this dialog. If no data is entered in the 12 monthly evaporation fields then no evaporation will be estimated by Hydraulics even though the parameter EXT_EVAP is used.
Solve the model. The total evaporation is listed in Table E21. At the beginning of each time step the evaporation estimate for the month times the surface area of the pond times the time step is taken off the top of the storage pond or storage area in Hydraulics.
*===================================================================* | Table E21. Continuity balance at the end of the simulation | | Junction Inflow, Outflow or Street Flooding | | Error = Inflow + Initial Volume - Outflow - Final Volume | *===================================================================* Inflow Junction --------------1 2 Outflow Junction --------------2 Inflow Volume,ft^3 -----------10872.5000 -10145.1679 Outflow Volume,ft^3 -----------10145.1679 Average Inflow, cfs ------------3.0201 -2.8181 Average Outflow, cfs -----------2.8181
*=====================================================* | Initial system volume = 0.0010 Cu Ft | | Total system inflow volume = 10860.0000 Cu Ft | | Inflow + Initial volume = 10860.0010 Cu Ft | *=====================================================* | Total system outflow = 10145.1679 Cu Ft | | Volume left in system = 739.9764 Cu Ft | | Evaporation = 0.5853 Cu Ft | | Outflow + Final Volume = 10885.1443 Cu Ft | *=====================================================* *===============================================* | Total Model Continuity Error | | Error in Continuity, Percent = -0.1825 | | Error in Continuity, ft^3 = -19.814 | | + Error means a continuity loss, - a gain | *===============================================*
There is no evaporation if the storage node is dry. At the present time even manholes lose volume to evaporation. The individual node evaporation losses are printed out in Table E19.
*===================================================* | Table E19 - Junction Inflow Sources | | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 | | depending on the units in your model.| *===================================================* Constant User Interface DWF Inflow RNF Layer Junction Inflow Inflow Inflow Inlow through Inflow Outflow Evaporation Name to Node to Node to Node to Node Outfall to Node from Node from Node --------- --------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ---------- ----------1 7200.0000 3660.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.5618 2 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 10145.1679 0.0235
Load the file named BASEMENT.XP. The half-foot diameter pipe is offset 4 feet from the invert of the wet well. The basements will not flood until the wet well depth reaches at least four feet.
Solve the model and look at the inflow to the storage node (represents a basement). The inflow ends after the pump reaches a pumping rate of 10 cfs.
*=====================================================* | Table E20 - Junction Flooding and Volume Listing. | | The maximum volume is the total volume | | in the node including the volume in the | | flooded storage area. This is the max | | volume at any time. The volume in the | | flooded storage area is the total volume| | above the ground elevation, where the | | flooded pond storage area starts. | | The fourth column is instantaneous, the fifth is the| | sum of the flooded volume over the entire simulation| | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 depending on the units.| *=====================================================* Out of System Flooded Volume --------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Stored in System Ponding Allowed Flood Pond Volume ----------------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Table E20 lists the maximum volume stored in any of the nodes of the network. From this table we find that the volume stored in the node basement is about 570 cubic feet, or the simulated amount of basement flooding is almost 570 cubic feet.
Load the file named BASEMENT.XP. The half-foot diameter pipe is offset 4 feet from the invert of the wet well. The basements will not flood until the wet well depth reaches at least four feet.
Solve the model and look at the inflow to the storage node (represents a basement). The inflow ends after the pump reaches a pumping rate of 10 cfs.
*=====================================================* | Table E20 - Junction Flooding and Volume Listing. | | The maximum volume is the total volume | | in the node including the volume in the | | flooded storage area. This is the max | | volume at any time. The volume in the | | flooded storage area is the total volume| | above the ground elevation, where the | | flooded pond storage area starts. | | The fourth column is instantaneous, the fifth is the| | sum of the flooded volume over the entire simulation| | Units are either ft^3 or m^3 depending on the units.| *=====================================================* Out of System Flooded Volume --------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Stored in System Ponding Allowed Flood Pond Volume ----------------0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000
Table E20 lists the maximum volume stored in any of the nodes of the network. From this table we find that the volume stored in the node basement is about 570 cubic feet, or the simulated amount of basement flooding is almost 570 cubic feet.
Rain derived infiltration and inflows (RDII) is the portion of a sanitary sewer flow hydrograph which is above the normal dry weather flow pattern. It is caused by precipitation inputs that infiltrate the soil then the network such as rainfall or snowmelt. RDII contributes to SSOs of wastewater to streets, property, and receiving waters. It also contributes to seasonal elevated wet-weather flows when the groundwater table is above the sewer inverts. Reliable estimates of RDII throughout the network are critical to the development of effective plans to control SSOs. The ultimate purpose of RDII quantification (control effectiveness, system sizing and design, facility planning, urban wet weather management, etc.) should match the methodology employed for the modeling. Researchers have concluded that the percent of rainfall, synthetic unit hydrograph, and rainfall/flow regression methods all tested well for quantifying isolated single events, but that the synthetic unit hydrograph and rainfall/flow regression methods were preferred for predicting multiple events. The researchers also found that under certain circumstances, the constant unit rate, probabilistic, and percent of streamflow methods also may be valuable. (WERF, 1999) All of these methods can be employed in XP-SWMM and some of the detail is outlined below. 1) Modeling Infiltration Based on EPA Transport Infiltration Algorithm The Sanitary (Transport plus Storage/Treatment) layer has the capacity to take total sums of infiltration and divide it among conduits based on diameter and length. This method however, forces the user to employ the Kinematic wave routing in the Sanitary layer and does not allow aging sewers to have more infiltration.
The dialog right is from the global database shows the locations for entering total sums of infiltration from various sources. These include Groundwater Infiltration, Dry Weather Infiltration, Wet Weather Infiltration and Snow Melt Infiltration.
Module 162: Modeling Rain Derived Infiltration and Inflow (RDII) Page 1
2) Specifying Unique Infiltration as Constant Flows or User-Defined Hydrographs A more sophisticated methods is to add unique infiltration values to any number of Hydraulics nodes as constant inflows or user defined hydrographs. These inputs can represent the estimated or measured RDII into the network at various locations. These flows representing infiltration can be simple constant inputs, or user-defined hydrographs that are either imported or read from an external file using our flexible file reader.
Since the data is entered at many nodes portions of the network to have more or less infiltration flows based on observation, sewer age groundwater table location etc. 3) Using Regression Based RDII Flows as User-Defined Hydrographs More and more, users will generate a regression equation that relates the amount of rain in the previous several weeks, 1 week, 5 days, 2 days, 6 hours, etc. to a resulting amount of measured infiltration. External programs and spreadsheets have been written to perform these calculations, and prepare XPX files or interface files for XP-SWMM. One program known to this author is PSCRAT a utility developed by the City of Portland, which creates an interface file from .CSV hydrographs that represents the infiltration and inflows. If the flows are generated outside of XP-SWMM, another option is to add them to an XP model simply import them by using XPX files. Use the following field names for importing the flows QO for constant inflows, TEO for the time of the user defined hydrograph and QCARD for the paired flow values. Additionally, our flexible file reader allows external files of flows to be accessed during a run. This is set up at any number of nodes in the Gauged Inflow option. 4) Generating RDII Hydrographs Based on Simulated Rainfall and Sewershed Data In order for the RDII hydrographs of many storms or a continuous simulation to be used the Runoff layer should be employed and the generated RDII flows linked through interface files to be routed in Hydraulics. The Runoff layer can calculate the rainfall-runoff process by employing 10 different hydrology methods. This requires that any nodes in Runoff that would have flows generated, be active in the Runoff layer and the Hydraulics layer so that these flows could pass from Runoff through Hydraulics and be summed there with the DWFs.
Module 162: Modeling Rain Derived Infiltration and Inflow (RDII) Page 2
The twelve hydrology methods that can be used to directly simulate RDII are: 1. Runoff 2. Kinematic Wave 3. Laurenson 4. SCS 5. Rational Method 6. Time Area 7. Snyder 8. Snyder (Alemeda County) 9. Nash 10. Santa Barbara Unit Hydrograph 11. Colorado Hydrograph 12. LA County Method One of the least understood or documented capabilities of SWMM is adjusting the amount of inflow generated from the Runoff layer to represent the RDII. There are basically two strategies. The first deals with simulating only a representative area of the surface catchment so that a portion of the hydrograph becomes infiltration and inflow to the sewer. First Method The first method can be accomplished by employing 4 different strategies. The first strategy is to adjust or calibrate the area of the subcatchment so that the runoff hydrograph is proportional to the amount of inflow desired. If 15% of the hydrograph is inflow then 15% of the area will generate the desired amount of flow. Additional lag time could be represented with a conduit or adjustments in catchment width, slope or Manning's roughness. A second strategy is to modify the catchment so that it is 100% impervious and has large impervious detention storage so that all the rainfall is captured. Then by adjusting the parameter zero detention percentage from 0 to 100% this value represents the amount of rainfall that is converted to inflow. This method does not generate very much lagging in the hydrograph, so the inflow is timed very closely to the rainfall. As mentioned above additional changes to the model can increase the lag for this hydrograph. A third strategy is to modify the catchment so that most of the runoff is captured by infiltration and by using a small subcatchment width and the groundwater module, the user can produce a long recession limb in the hydrograph to represent the inflow. A fourth strategy involves selecting a Unit Hydrograph routing method to generate runoff several hydrographs some with fast response some with a slow response and long recession limb. Using the SCS hydrology method with a long time of concentration (>60 minutes), small hydrograph shape factors (<256) and low pervious area curve numbers (<30) the unit hydrographs can represent the II. A high degree of calibration can be achieved using multiple subcatchments employing this strategy. It is important that the sum of the unit hydrographs that represent the infiltration and inflow together with the hydrograph representing the storm flows produce the total response and that the total runoff for the unit hydrograph for infiltration into the sewer does not exceed the infiltration total from the storm water hydrograph. This guaranties that the total surface infiltration is the only source for the infiltration into the pipes. However, if conduits are buried below the groundwater table then this additional source can be modeled. On the next page is a typical node employing the strategy described above. Catchments 2 and 3 are using the SCS methodology to create long responses to represent infiltration and inflow. Catchment 4 represents the surface runoff being captured by the combined sewer. Second Method The second method to capture a portion of the storm flows is to construct flow dividers or other hydraulic structures that restrict the amount of Runoff that enters the sanitary sewer system nodes that save flows on the interface file for Hydraulics.
Module 162: Modeling Rain Derived Infiltration and Inflow (RDII) Page 3
In this method it is important that the conduits that are used to split the flows are active only in the Runoff or Sanitary layer and that the conduits downstream nodes where interface file flows are stored are active in the layer to receive flows as well the layer where the conduit is active. Within the Runoff layer the user can model several components of flow by employing a strategy of developing several hydrographs from the same subcatchment. In this case, the area of the catchment can be repeated or portions of the area can be used. One of the Subcatchments at the node represents the storm water runoff component, while one or more unit hydrograph methods such as SCS are used to develop long and lagged hydrographs to represent the inflow and infiltration into the sewer. 5) Using Groundwater Mounding to Generate RDII Based on Dynamic Conduit Depths SWMM Runoff allows the modeler to simulate the rise and fall of the groundwater table seasonally in continuous simulations or during an event. Based on infiltration occurring during the simulation the groundwater table can rise beyond a static threshold or a dynamic conduit depth of the Runoff or Hydraulic and generate infiltration. This infiltrated water is then passed on to the Hydraulics layer for routing and combination with the dry weather flows. The choice of selecting a dynamic conduit depth or static threshold is shown in the dialog below along with the flexible groundwater outflow equation.
This methodology allows the most deterministic approach to RDII but requires calibration for spatial and seasonal effects. References Moeller, Jeff 1999. Progress, Fall 1999, Volume 10, Issue 4 Water Environment Research Foundation
Module 162: Modeling Rain Derived Infiltration and Inflow (RDII) Page 4
The image file is selected by: Browsing from the Node or Link Attribute dialog and selecting the appropriate file. A right-mouse click on a selected link or node will bring up the popup menu then select the Attributes command to get to this dialog. Load the file named YOUNG.XP from the workshop directory. Add the STRUCTURE.JPG file from your work directory to the node Pond A1. The image file name is now in the picture file box. Click on the OK button and go back to the network interface. Click with the right mouse button on the node with the image file name. You will see the View Image command is now enabled since a file has been attached.
Module 167: Picture Files and Notes for Network Objects Page 1
Click on View Image then you will see on the screen the image file below showing the outlet structure of the pond.
Module 167: Picture Files and Notes for Network Objects Page 2
The most common are free outfalls, fixed backwater and stage history. The fixed backwater uses an elevation not a depth in the user input box for type 2. A stage boundary condition is used for a lake or river downstream condition. The free outfall uses the either Y-critical, Y-normal or the minimum of Y-critical or Y-normal as the depth of water at the edge of the conduit before the free overflow commences. The default, Minimum of Ycritical or Ynormal makes the cross sectional area a minimum at the outflow edge.
Solve the model and look at the depth of water at node outfall. This boundary is based on the minimum of Ycritical or Ynormal.
Use the configuration parameter MAX_YN_YC to use the maximum of Ynormal or Ycritical at a free outfall in the HYDRAULICS layer of XP-SWMM. Module 168: Outfall Boundary Conditions Page 2
Solve the model and look at the depths at node outfall. These depths are based on the maximum of Ycritical or Ynormal because the SWMM configuration parameter MAX_YN_YC was used in the program.
A special note on the fields in the rating curve outfall. The default is to enter a table or flow versus elevation.
If the words "node inflow" along with a "=,, sign is found the program will reduce the flow by the percent entered. In this example we will reduce the flow by 50 percent. You may have other words on the line; as long as the script "node flow" and = XX.XX " is found, the program will reduce the flow by the value of XX .XX A note can be entered for any node by right-mouse clicking and selecting Notes from the popup menu or select the Notes command from the Edit menu when a node is selected. A link can have Notes entered by using the Notes command from the Edit menu while a link is selected. Notes are entered by: typing up to 40 characters in the single line rectangular user field then adding that line to the list. Notes can be added to user defined reports and also they appear in the output file in the XP Note Field Summary.
*===================================================* | XP Note Field Summary | *===================================================* XP XP XP XP XP XP Note Note Note Note Note Note for: for: for: for: for: for: Inflow Inflow Inflow Outlet Culvert Culvert Lower node flow in percent = 50.0 The above line will lower the flow in this node by 50 percent. The outfall node is a free outfall This conduit had a roughness change to 0.012 on 2/16/98
Although the inflow to the network peaks at 25 cfs as can be seen in the User Inflow dialog the output shows peaks of about 12.5 cfs because of the special notes field reduction.
Solve the model and look at the efficiency summary in Table E8 of the Extran or Hydraulics layer output. The efficiency is 2.16 or an average of 2.16 iterations to move to the next time step. This output table shown below was generated without the extrapolation option.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern Ittrn >10 -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------- --------Inflow 0 2.13 14646 0 15 1 node202 0 2.25 15467 0 16 1 node204 0 1.78 12250 0 12 2 Outlet 0 2.45 16841 0 15 1 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 59204 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 27472 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 2.16 Excellent Efficiency
Now, go to the SWMM configuration parameters dialog and enable the parameter EXTRA. This option will use the following equation for estimating the first iteration flow or head:
+ 0.5(Qn-1 - Qn-2 )
(170-1)
Qn+1/2 = iteration estimate for the new time step Qn = last time step flow value Qn-1 = flow value two time steps earlier Qn-2 = flow value three time steps earlier
Solve the model using the EXTRA (extrapolation option). The efficiency of the model increased (value is lower) because now the simulation has a head start on the first iteration estimate. The average number of iterations is now 1.38. If the parameter EXTRA is not used then the last time step value of flow or head is used as the starting point of the next time steps iteration process. This next table on the following page was generated using the extrapolation option.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------Inflow 0 1.29 8845 0 15 node202 0 1.41 9708 0 11 node204 0 1.46 10062 0 22 Outlet 0 1.37 9408 0 6 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 38023 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 27476 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 1.38 Good Efficiency
Now, go to the SWMM configuration parameters dialog and enter the name EXTRA=0.55. This allows the user to define the weighting for extrapolation. Any number between 0.00 and 1.0 can be used in this configuration. This option will use the following equation for estimating the first iteration flow or head:
+ 0.45(Qn-1 - Qn-2 )
(170-2)
Qn+1/2 = iteration estimate for the new time step Qn = last time step flow value Qn-1 = flow value two time steps earlier Qn-2 = flow value three time steps earlier
This output table shown below was generated with the extrapolation option EXTRA=0.55. It resulted in slightly more total iterations.
*=========================================================* | Table E8 - Junction Time Step Limitation Summary | *=========================================================* | Not Convr = Number of times this junction did not | | converge during the simulation. | | Avg Convr = Average junction iterations. | | Conv err = Mean convergence error. | | Omega Cng = Change of omega during iterations | | Max Itern = Maximum number of iterations | *=========================================================* Junction Not Convr Avg Convr Total Itt Omega Cng Max Itern -------------- --------- --------- --------- -------- --------Inflow 0 1.31 9000 0 15 node202 0 1.41 9716 0 11 node204 0 1.46 10036 0 22 Outlet 0 1.37 9418 0 6 Total number of iterations for all junctions.. 38170 Minimum number of possible iterations......... 27476 Efficiency of the simulation.................. 1.39 Good Efficiency
The default solution in the hydraulics layer uses the option BEST97. BEST97 solves each node and each connecting link to the node until the node depth and link flows have reached convergence. The order of solution of the nodes reverses each time step. The first time step will be 1 to the number of junctions and the next time step will be from the number of junctions down to 1. The options FUZZYQ and OPTIMAL97 are used by entering configuration parameters of the same name in the SWMM configuration dialog.
Numerical results for the BEST97 option in which all of the nodes and all of the conduits are solved in one time step until each node and conduit has reached convergence.
################################################### # Table E22. Numerical Model judgement section # ################################################### Your overall error was Worst nodal error was in node Lower Pond Of the total inflow this loss was Your overall continuity error was Efficiency of the simulation Most Number of Non Convergences at one Node Total Number Non Convergences at all Nodes Total Number of Nodes with Non Convergences ===> ===> ===> ===> with 0.2020 percent 1.0566 percent 1.2187 percent
Hydraulic model simulation ended normally. XP-SWMM Simulation ended normally. Your input file was named : C:\XPS\XP-SWMM\Work\Offline-Storage.DAT Your output file was named : C:\XPS\XP-SWMM\Work\Offline-Storage.out
*==============================================================* | SWMM Simulation Date and Time Summary | *==============================================================* | Starting Date... January 6, 2004 Time... 11:12:19:44 | | Ending Date... January 6, 2004 Time... 11:12:22:15 | | Elapsed Time... 0.04517 minutes or 2.71000 seconds | *==============================================================*
Numerical results for the FUZZYQ option in which all of the nodes and all of the conduits are solved in one time step until each node and conduit has reached convergence. An entry of FUZZYQ=10 means that the program will use BEST97 until 10 iterations are reached and then will switch to the OPTIMAL97 solution. A model that has many non-convergences can be solved for using the OPTIMAL97 and FUZZYQ solutions. Usually, the number of non-convergences will be reduced for these options. These two solutions do not have to be used for networks in which the number of non-convergences are zero or near zero. Now the number of non-convergences has been reduced to zero.
################################################### # Table E22. Numerical Model judgement section # ################################################### Your overall error was Worst nodal error was in node Upper Pond Of the total inflow this loss was Your overall continuity error was Efficiency of the simulation Most Number of Non Convergences at one Node Total Number Non Convergences at all Nodes Total Number of Nodes with Non Convergences ===> ===> ===> ===> with -0.4349 percent -0.3848 percent 0.5698 percent Excellent Excellent Efficiency 1.59 0. 0. 0.
Hydraulic model simulation ended normally. XP-SWMM Simulation ended normally. Your input file was named : C:\XPS\XP-SWMM\Work\Offline-Storage.DAT Your output file was named : C:\XPS\XP-SWMM\Work\Offline-Storage.out
*==============================================================* | SWMM Simulation Date and Time Summary | *==============================================================* | Starting Date... January 6, 2004 Time... 11:44:48:44 | | Ending Date... January 6, 2004 Time... 11:44:50:86 | | Elapsed Time... 0.04033 minutes or 2.42000 seconds | *==============================================================*
Open the file Offline-Storage.XP. The data saved in the .csv or the .xls file is activated through the print control dialog. Click on the Output Control button and make sure the Print Flow Details box is activated.
The summary interval is defined in the output control dialog box in the HYDRAULIC layer job control. The summary interval defines how often the detailed printout is echoed to either the output file or the .XLS file. Using a value of 1 means to write out every time step whereas a value of 5 would write out every 5th time step.
Shown below is the format of the Offline-Storage.csv file for the conduit culvert. This file can be opened in any spreadsheet as a comma delimited file.
The printout interval of the velocity comparison is at the intermediate interval as defined in the output control dialog in the hydraulics job control. The choice of whether to print out the velocity comparison is signaled by using the VCOMPARE configuration parameter.
The output of the VCOMPARE option is intermixed with the intermediate output file. At each printout time step the calculated velocity is compared to the velocity from Mannings equation, and the velocity from the water surface slope. The different components of the output table are shown below.
Cycle 220 Time 18 Hrs - 20.00 Min ===> "*" Junction is Surcharged. Split MH/ 0.93 / 745.93 Upper Pond/ MH Joint/ 0.55 / 737.55 Outlet/ 7.74 / 0.54 / 745.74 730.54 8.88 8.89
Junction / Depth / Elevation Upstream/ 0.38 / 756.58 Lower Pond/ 7.44 / 742.44
Conduit/ FLOW ===> "*" Conduit uses the normal flow option. Main/ 4.15 Diversion/ 4.18 Up Outlet/ 7.20 Low Outlet/ Cont/ 8.89 rcp/ 0.00 control/ 0.00 FREE # 1/ Main V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 5.83739 5.84767 5.85501 5.85501 1.00251 Diversion V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 3.31288 0.00000 3.98448 3.98448 0.00000 rcp V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 0.00000 5.36290 5.83852 5.83852 1.18524 Up Outlet V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 6.78177 6.77590 6.77673 6.77673 1.00024 Low Outlet V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 4.61841 4.61211 4.61347 4.61347 1.00059 Cont V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 7.21025 7.20647 7.21976 7.21976 1.00369 Main V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 5.83360 5.84391 5.85127 5.85127 1.00252 Diversion V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 3.31478 0.00000 3.98949 3.98949 0.00000 rcp V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 0.00000 5.35721 5.83154 5.83154 1.18492 Up Outlet V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 6.77034 6.76462 6.76533 6.76533 1.00021 Low Outlet V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 4.61264 4.60628 4.60771 4.60771 1.00062 Cont V Comparison Vd/Vm/V1/V2/WS|So 7.20048 7.19672 7.20998 7.20998 1.00369
1.486 R V1 =
23
S 0 + y L n
12
V2 = V1 + loss slope
WS S0 = water surface slope over bed slope
where, n = Mannings roughness, R = hydraulic radius, S0 = bed slope, Q= flow, A= center conduit cross section area, y = water surface change over the conduit length, and L = length of conduit.
The printout interval of the flow comparison is at the intermediate interval as defined in the output control dialog in the hydraulics job control. The choice of whether to print out the velocity comparison is signaled by using the QCOMPARE configuration parameter.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- Q Comparison -- 1. Dynamic Flow (Q), 2. Qnorm, 3. Qnew - Qold (Q1), 4. Gradient Slope Flow (Q2) 5. Friction Slope Flow (Q3), 6. Non-linear Slope Flow (Q4), 7. Minor Loss Slope (Q5) 8. Expansion/Contraction Slope (Q6), 9. Sum of All Flow Terms ((Q7) 10. Upstream Conduit Area, 11. Downstream Conduit Area, 12. Mean Conduit Area There are 19 values on the following line, 9 Flows and 3 Areas, head,one conveyance, and one mean roughness. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Run Cycle 22 Time 1 Hrs - 50.00 Min 33.333 time step (seconds) Q Qnorm Q1 Head Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6 Q7 Area Area Area ConvWhtd Hydr. Veloc- Vel* Current Diffr Up Dn Mean eyance Rough Radius ity Area Q -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------Main 0.2594 0.0000 0.0037 9.2630 -0.6318 0.6325 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0044 0.1520 0.0611 0.1111 1.4073 0.0120 0.0592 2.2948 0.2550 0.2587 Diversion 0.2670 0.0000 -0.0006 0.1065 -0.0521 0.0408 0.0432 0.0000 0.0000 0.0313 0.2701 0.1346 0.2091 7.9005 0.0073 0.1460 1.2805 0.2677 0.2672 rcp 0.2670 0.0000 0.0000 5.2807 -1.0780 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 -1.0779 0.4940 0.0000 0.2717 4.7182 0.0130 0.1073 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 Up Outlet 0.0005 0.0000 0.0000 1.5030 -0.0039 0.0040 0.0000 0.0000 0.0000 0.0001 0.0018 0.0003 0.0011 0.0033 0.0116 0.0063 0.4114 0.0005 0.0005
Q = flow from the dynamic wave equation, Qnorm = flow from the normal flow equation, Q1= change in flow during the last time step, Head Diffr = Upstream downstream head difference, Q2 = Gradient slope flow, Q3 = Friction slope flow, Q4 = Non-linear slope flow, Q5 = Minor loss slope flow, Q6 = Expansion-contraction slope flow, Q7 = Sum of Q1,Q2,Q3,Q4,Q5 and Q6.
If the flow was steady then Q2 would be balanced by Q3. As the flow is increasing Q2 is balanced by Q1, Q3, and Q4.
When using the configuration parameter ENERGY, the EGL is generated using the maximum velocity from the connecting conduits to a node.
Module 194: Long Section Plotting of the Energy Grade Line Page 1
EGL
V 2 = Z + Y + 2 g
where, EGL = Energy Grade Line, Z = node invert elevation, Y = node depth, V = maximum US velocity of any connected conduit, and G = acceleration due to gravity.
Module 194: Long Section Plotting of the Energy Grade Line Page 2